CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES INC
10-K405, 1996-03-18
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: BUTLER NATIONAL CORP, 10-Q, 1996-03-18
Next: CHAPARRAL RESOURCES INC, 8-K, 1996-03-18



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

           [ X ] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

                                       or

          [ ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                          Commission file number 1-7784

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.

          A Louisiana Corporation        I.R.S. Employer Identification
                                                 No. 72-0651161

                 100 Century Park Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203

                         Telephone number (318) 388-9500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock,
par value $1.00

Exchange on which registered:   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
                                                        Yes [X]      No [    ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

As of February  29,  1996,  the  aggregate  market value of voting stock held by
non-affiliates  (affiliates  being for these purposes only directors,  executive
officers  and  holders of more than five  percent of the  Company's  outstanding
voting securities) was $2.0 billion.

As  of  February  29,  1996,  there  were  59,339,041  shares  of  common  stock
outstanding.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the 1996 annual 
meeting of shareholders are incorporated in Part III of this Report.


                                     PART I

Item 1.        Business

    General.  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.  ("Century")  is a regional
diversified  telecommunications  company that is primarily  engaged in providing
traditional telephone services and cellular telephone  communications  services.
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  1995,   telephone  operations  and  mobile
communications   operations   (cellular   operations)   provided  65%  and  31%,
respectively,  of the consolidated revenues of Century and its subsidiaries (the
"Company"). All of the Company's operations are conducted within the continental
United States.

    At December 31, 1995,  the Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  operated over
480,000  telephone  access lines,  primarily in rural,  suburban and small urban
areas in 14 states,  with the  largest  customer  bases  located  in  Wisconsin,
Louisiana, Michigan and Ohio. According to published sources, the Company is the
sixteenth largest local exchange telephone company in the United States based on
the number of access lines served.

    Whenever used herein with respect to the Company,  the term "pops" means the
population  of  licensed  cellular   telephone  markets  (based  on  independent
third-party  population  estimates)  multiplied by the  Company's  proportionate
equity  interests  in the  licensed  operators  thereof.  The term "MSA" means a
Metropolitan  Statistical Area for which the Federal  Communications  Commission
(the "FCC") has  granted a cellular  operating  license.  The term "RSA" means a
Rural Service Area for which the FCC has granted a cellular  operating  license.
The term "wireline  license" refers to the cellular  operating license initially
reserved  by the FCC for  companies  providing  local  telephone  service in the
licensed  market  and the term  "non-wireline  license"  refers  to the  license
initially  reserved  for  licensees   unaffiliated  with  such  local  telephone
companies.

    At December 31, 1995, the Company,  through its cellular  operations,  owned
approximately 7.6 million pops in 27 MSAs,  primarily  concentrated in Michigan,
Louisiana,  Mississippi  and Texas,  and 29 RSAs, most of which are in Michigan,
Louisiana and Arkansas.  The Company is the majority owner and operator in 19 of
the MSAs and 18 of the RSAs, which collectively  represent 6.4 million pops, and
has minority interests in the other MSAs and RSAs, which collectively  represent
1.2 million  pops. Of the  Company's  7.6 million  pops,  approximately  72% are
attributable  to the Company's MSA interests,  with the balance  attributable to
its RSA  interests.  According  to  data  derived  from  published  sources,  at
September  30, 1995 the Company was the  fifteenth  largest  cellular  telephone
company in the United States based on the Company's  owned pops. At December 31,
1995, the Company's  majority-owned  and operated cellular systems had more than
290,000  cellular  subscribers.  Except  for five MSAs and two RSAs,  all of the
cellular systems operated by the Company are operated under wireline licenses.

    The Company also provides long distance,  operator and interactive  services
in certain local and regional  markets,  as well as certain printing and related
services, and has recently entered the competitive access business.

    Recent  Acquisitions  and  Dispositions.  In January 1995  Century  acquired
Tele-Max, Inc. and its affiliates. In connection with this acquisition,  Century
acquired  approximately  5,300  telephone  access lines in a suburban  community
north of Dallas,  Texas and a one-half of one percent interest in the Dallas MSA
wireline cellular system (which represented  approximately  20,000 pops). In the
third quarter of 1995 the Company  acquired 100% of the Michigan RSA #4 wireline
cellular system, along with the non-wireline cellular systems in Mississippi RSA
#2 and  Mississippi  RSA #6, which,  at December 31, 1995,  had  populations  of
131,100,  242,800 and 182,600,  respectively.  Mississippi RSA #6 is adjacent to
the Jackson,  Mississippi MSA that the Company  operates;  Mississippi RSA #2 is
located in northeastern  Mississippi between Memphis,  Tennessee and Birmingham,
Alabama.  Michigan RSA #4 is located in northeastern Michigan and is adjacent to
other markets the Company operates.

    In  accordance  with its strategy of  clustering  its telephone and cellular
businesses, during 1995 the Company sold its ownership interests in several RSAs
located primarily in western states and three MSAs located in the midwest, which
in the aggregate represented approximately 250,000 pops.

    The  Company  is  continually   evaluating  the   possibility  of  acquiring
additional  telephone access lines and cellular  interests in exchange for cash,
securities or both.  Although the Company's primary focus will continue to be on
acquiring  telephone and cellular interests that are proximate to its properties
or  that  serve  a  customer  base  large  enough  for the  Company  to  operate
efficiently, other communications interests may also be acquired.

    Other.  As of December 31, 1995, the Company  employed  approximately  3,100
persons,  of which  approximately 200 employees located in Ohio are covered by a
three-year   collective   bargaining  agreement  between  the  Company  and  the
Communications Workers of America. The agreement lapses on March 30, 1997.

    Century was  incorporated  under Louisiana law in 1968 to serve as a holding
company for several  telephone  companies  acquired  over the  previous 15 to 20
years.  Century's  principal  executive  offices are located at 100 Century Park
Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203 and its telephone number is (318) 388-9500.



                              TELEPHONE OPERATIONS

    The Company is the sixteenth largest local exchange telephone company in the
United States, based on the more than 480,000 access lines it served at December
31, 1995.  Currently,  the Company  operates over 500 central  office and remote
switching  centers  in its  telephone  operating  areas.  Over the past  decade,
Century  has  installed  digital  switching  platforms  throughout  most  of its
switching  network.  At December 31, 1995,  99% of Century's  total access lines
were digitally switched.  Through its operating telephone subsidiaries,  Century
provides services to predominately rural, suburban and small urban markets in 14
states. The table below sets forth certain information with respect to Century's
access lines as of December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Number of          Percent of              Percent
   State               access lines        access lines             digital
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                    <C>                   <C>   
Wisconsin                101,119                21%                   100%
Louisiana                 87,733                18                    100
Michigan                  83,657                18                    100
Ohio                      72,719                15                    100
Arkansas                  39,185                 8                    100
Texas                     37,434                 8                    100
Tennessee                 22,514                 5                    100
Mississippi               14,635                 3                    100
Colorado                   6,370                 1                    100
New Mexico                 4,927                 1                     74
Indiana                    4,734                 1                    100
Idaho                      4,051                 1                    100
Arizona                    1,503                 0                      0
Iowa                         176                 0                    100
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         480,757               100%                    99%
==========================================================================
</TABLE>

    As indicated in the following table,  Century has experienced  growth in its
telephone operations over the past several years, a substantial portion of which
was  attributable  to  acquisitions  of  other  telephone  companies  and to the
expansion of services:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Year Ended or As of December 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         1995         1994       1993        1992        1991
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                   <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>  
Access lines            480,757     454,963     434,691     397,300     314,819
    % Residential            78%         79          80          81          81
    % Business               22%         21          20          19          19
Operating revenues    $ 419,242     391,265     350,330     298,812     236,408
Capital expenditures  $ 136,006     152,336     131,180     108,974      73,913
</TABLE>

    Future  growth in  telephone  operations  is expected to be derived from (i)
acquiring  additional  telephone  companies,   (ii)  providing  service  to  new
customers, (iii) increasing network usage and (iv) providing additional services
made  possible  by  advances  in  technology  and  changes  in  regulation.  For
information on developing competitive trends, see "-Regulation and Competition."

Services

    The Company's telephone subsidiaries derive revenue from providing (i) local
telephone  services,  (ii) network  access and long distance  services and (iii)
other related services. The following table reflects the percentage of telephone
operating revenues derived from these respective services:

                                        1995          1994          1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local service                           26.6%         25.6          25.3
Network access and long distance        61.7          62.3          62.0
Other                                   11.7          12.1          12.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       100.0%        100.0         100.0
========================================================================

    Local  service  revenues are  generated by the  provision of local  exchange
telephone services in the Company's franchised service areas.

    Network  access and long  distance  revenues  primarily  relate to  services
provided by the Company to  interexchange  carriers (long distance  carriers) in
connection  with the use of the  Company's  facilities to originate and complete
interstate and intrastate long distance  telephone calls.  Most of the Company's
interstate  network access  revenues are derived  through  pooling  arrangements
administered by the National  Exchange Carrier  Association  ("NECA").  The NECA
receives  access  charges  billed by the Company and other  participating  local
exchange  carriers  ("LECs") to interstate long distance  carriers and other LEC
customers for their use of the local exchange  network to complete long distance
calls and subsequently  distributes  these revenues to such LECs based primarily
on cost separation studies. The charges billed to the long distance carriers and
other LEC customers are based on tariffed access rates filed with the FCC by the
NECA on behalf of the Company and other participating LECs.  Interstate revenues
as a percentage of telephone  operating  revenues  amounted to 34.6%,  33.5% and
32.0% in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

    Certain of the  Company's  intrastate  network  access  revenues are derived
through  access  charges  billed by the  Company  directly  to  intrastate  long
distance  carriers  and other LEC  customers.  Such  intrastate  network  access
charges  are  based on access  tariffs  which are  subject  to state  regulatory
commission approval.  Additionally,  certain of the Company's intrastate network
access  revenues,  along with  intrastate  long distance  revenues,  are derived
through state pooling  arrangements  and are determined based on cost separation
studies or special settlement arrangements.

    The  installation  of digital  switches  and  related  software  has been an
important  component  of the  Company's  growth  strategy  because it allows the
Company to offer enhanced services (such as call forwarding, conference calling,
caller  identification,  selective call ringing and call waiting) and to thereby
increase  utilization  of existing  access  lines.  In 1995 and early 1996,  the
Company continued to expand its list of premium services (such as voice mail and
internet  access)  offered in certain  service areas and  aggressively  marketed
these services.

    The  Company is  installing  fiber  optic  cable in high  traffic  routes in
certain  areas in which it  operates  and has  provided  alternative  routing of
telephone  service over fiber optic cable  networks in several of its  strategic
operating areas. At December 31, 1995, the Company had over 2,000 miles of fiber
optic cable in place.

    Other revenues include revenues related to (i) leasing, selling, installing,
maintaining  and repairing  customer  premise  telecommunications  equipment and
wiring,  (ii)  providing  billing  and  collection  services  for  interexchange
carriers,  (iii)  leasing  network  facilities  and  (iv)  participating  in the
publication of local directories. Certain large telecommunications companies for
which the Company currently provides billing and collection services continue to
indicate their desire to reduce their billing and collection expenses,  which is
expected to result in future reductions of billing and collection revenues.

     For further information on the regulation of the Company's revenues, 
see "-Regulation and Competition."

Federal Financing Programs

    Certain of the Company's telephone  subsidiaries receive long-term financing
from the Rural  Utilities  Service ("RUS") and the Rural Telephone Bank ("RTB").
The RUS has made  long-term  loans to  telephone  companies  since  1949 for the
purpose of improving telephone service in rural areas. The RUS continues to make
new  loans  at  interest  rates  that  range  from 5% to 7%  based  on  borrower
qualifications and the cost of money to the United States  government.  The RTB,
established  in 1971,  makes  long-term  loans at  interest  rates  based on its
average cost of funds as determined by statutory formula (such rates ranged from
6.04% to 6.88% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995),  and in some cases
makes loans  concurrently with RUS loans. Most of the Company's  telephone plant
is  pledged  or  mortgaged  to secure  obligations  of the  Company's  telephone
subsidiaries to the RUS and RTB. The Company's telephone subsidiaries which have
borrowed from government agencies generally may not loan or advance any funds to
Century, but may pay dividends if certain financial ratios are met.

    For  additional  information  regarding  the  Company's  financing,  see the
Company's consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 herein.

Regulation and Competition

    Traditionally, LECs have operated as regulated monopolies. Consequently, the
majority of the Company's  telephone  operations  are regulated  extensively  by
various state regulatory  agencies  (generally called public service commissions
or public  utility  commissions)  and by the FCC. As discussed in greater detail
below, passage of the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act"), coupled
with state legislative and regulatory initiatives and technological changes, has
fundamentally  altered the telephone industry by reducing the regulation of LECs
and permitting competition in each segment of the  telecommunications  industry.
Although Century  anticipates  that these trends towards reduced  regulation and
increased  competition will continue,  the form and degree of future  regulation
and competition in the Company's  franchised service areas cannot be ascertained
at this time.

    State  Regulation.  The local service rates and intrastate access charges of
substantially all of the Company's telephone subsidiaries are regulated by state
regulatory  commissions that  traditionally have regulated pricing through "rate
of return"  regulation  that focuses on  authorized  levels of earnings by LECs.
Most of these  commissions also (i) regulate the purchase and sale of LECs, (ii)
prescribe  depreciation  rates  and  certain  accounting  procedures  and  (iii)
regulate  various  other  matters,   including  certain  service  standards  and
operating procedures. In certain states, construction and/or financing plans are
also subject to regulatory approval.

    In recent  years,  Ohio,  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Louisiana  and other  state
legislatures and regulatory  commissions having  jurisdiction over the Company's
telephone  subsidiaries  have either begun to reduce the  regulation  of LECs or
have announced  their  intention to review such  regulation,  and it is expected
that this trend will continue.  This reduced regulatory  oversight of certain of
the  Company's  telephone  operations  may  allow the  Company  to offer new and
competitive  services  faster  than under the  traditional  regulatory  process.
Coincident  with  these  efforts  is  the   introduction  of  competition   into
traditionally  monopolistic  segments  of  the  industry.  For a  discussion  of
legislative,   regulatory  and   technological   changes  that  have  introduced
competition  into the local  exchange  industry,  see  "-Developments  Affecting
Competition."

    Substantially  all  of  the  state  regulatory  commissions  have  statutory
authority,  the specific limits of which vary, to initiate and conduct  earnings
reviews  of the  LECs  that  they  regulate.  As  part of the  movement  towards
deregulation,  several  states are moving away from  traditional  rate of return
regulation  towards price cap  regulation  and incentive  regulation  (which are
similar to the FCC regulations  discussed below),  and are actively  encouraging
larger LECs to adopt these newer forms of price regulation.  The continuation of
this trend may lead to fewer earnings reviews in the future. Currently, however,
most of the  Company's  LECs  continue  to be  regulated  under  rate of  return
regulation.  During  1995  the  Louisiana  Public  Service  Commission  ("LPSC")
culminated its two-year investigation into the earnings of independent telephone
companies  in  Louisiana by adopting a new  regulatory  plan for such  companies
effective  July  1,  1995.  For  additional  information,   see  Regulation  and
Competition in Item 7 herein. As stated in Item 7, the Company  anticipates that
the impact of these changes will adversely  affect its results of operations and
there is no assurance that the effect will not be material.  In addition,  there
is no assurance that future reviews,  in Louisiana or in other states,  will not
lead to future  revenue  reductions or customer  refunds.  Also, in light of the
movement away from  traditional rate of return  regulation,  no assurance can be
given that the Company's LECs will continue to earn the same rate of return that
they achieved in recent years.

    FCC Regulation.  The FCC regulates the interstate  services  provided by the
Company's telephone  subsidiaries  primarily by regulating the interstate access
charges that are billed to interexchange carriers and other LEC customers by the
Company for use of its local  network in  connection  with the  origination  and
termination of interstate telephone calls. Additionally,  the FCC has prescribed
certain rules and regulations  for telephone  companies,  including  regulations
regarding the use of radio frequencies;  a uniform system of accounts; and rules
regarding the separation of costs between jurisdictions and, ultimately, between
services.

    Effective January 1, 1991, the FCC adopted price-cap  regulation relating to
interstate access rates for the Regional Bell Operating  Companies ("RBOCs") and
GTE  Corporation.  An  annual  opportunity  to  elect  price-cap  regulation  is
available  for other  LECs.  Under  price-cap  regulation,  limits  imposed on a
company's  interstate rates will be adjusted  periodically to reflect inflation,
productivity  improvement and changes in certain  non-controllable costs. In May
1993 the FCC adopted an optional incentive  regulatory plan for LECs not subject
to price-cap  regulation.  A LEC electing the optional incentive regulatory plan
would, among other things,  file tariffs based primarily on historical costs and
not be allowed to  participate  in the relevant NECA pooling  arrangements.  The
Company has not elected price-cap  regulation or the incentive  regulatory plan,
but will continue to evaluate its options on a periodic basis. Consequently, the
authorized  interstate  access  rate  of  return  for  the  Company's  telephone
subsidiaries is 11.25%,  which is the authorized rate established by the FCC for
LECs not governed by price-cap  regulation or the optional incentive  regulatory
plan.

    In  February  1996 the FCC  sought  public  comments  on  whether  it should
initiate a rate of return represcription proceeding for LECs that are subject to
rate of return regulation for interstate access revenues.

    High-Cost  Support Funds,  Revenue Pools and Related Matters.  A significant
number of the Company's telephone  subsidiaries recover a portion of their costs
under federal and state cost recovery mechanisms that traditionally have allowed
LECs  serving  small   communities   and  rural  areas  to  provide   access  to
telecommunications  services  reasonably  comparable to those available in urban
areas and at reasonably comparable prices.

    The FCC and certain state regulatory  commissions have recently  explored or
implemented  initiatives  to  evaluate or reduce the funding of certain of these
cost recovery  mechanisms.  In December 1993 the FCC adopted interim  provisions
which placed  certain  limitations on the FCC's  Universal  Service Fund ("USF")
growth  rate,  including a cap which has been  extended  through  mid-1996.  The
Company  anticipates  that revenues from the USF under these interim  provisions
will continue to increase in the near term, but at a lesser percentage rate than
that associated with recent prior periods.  In July 1995 the FCC sought comments
on proposals and policy changes relating to certain federal high-cost assistance
mechanisms that provide substantial revenues to the Company,  including the USF.
The FCC's stated goals are to ensure that  universal  service can be maintained,
but still hold the total level of  assistance to a reasonable  level and,  where
possible,  reduce  barriers  to  competitive  entry  and  to  promote  efficient
investment in and operation of local service networks.

    In  February  1996 the United  States  Congress  enacted  the 1996 Act which
provides,  among other things,  that a federal-state joint board review existing
universal   service  support   mechanisms  and  recommend  changes  to  the  FCC
regulations in order that such regulations will be consistent with the universal
service   principles   in  the  1996  Act.  The  1996  Act  provides   that  all
telecommunications  carriers providing  interstate  services shall contribute to
universal service support  mechanisms.  The 1996 Act provides that only eligible
telecommunications  carriers  designated by a state shall be eligible to receive
specific   federal   universal   service   support   and   that   any   eligible
telecommunications  carrier  that  receives  such  support  shall  only use that
support to provide,  maintain and upgrade  facilities and services for universal
service in the area for which the  support is  received.  Although  the  Company
anticipates that the FCC's proposed  rulemaking and the 1996 Act may result in a
reduction of its federal support revenues,  management  believes it is premature
to assess or estimate the ultimate  impact  thereof.  There can be no assurance,
however, that such impact will not be material.

    Some  of the  Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  operate  in  states  where
traditional  cost recovery  mechanisms,  including  rate  structures,  are under
evaluation or have been  modified.  There can be no assurance  that these states
will continue to provide for cost recovery at current levels.

    Certain  revenues  determined  under the  FCC's  cost  separation  rules are
affected by the number of access lines served by a specific  telephone  company.
During 1995 the customer base of one of the Company's telephone  subsidiaries in
Michigan  increased  above 50,000 access lines,  which resulted in a decrease in
revenues of approximately  $700,000.  An additional decrease in revenues of that
subsidiary of approximately  $500,000 is expected in 1996. In addition, in early
1996 another of the Company's telephone subsidiaries reached 50,000 access lines
and  it  is  anticipated   that  revenues  for  that  subsidiary  will  decrease
approximately $1.5 million in 1996 as a result thereof.

    Most of the Company's LECs concur with the common line and traffic sensitive
tariffs  filed  by  the  NECA  and  participate  in  the  access  revenue  pools
administered by the NECA for interstate  services.  All of the long distance and
intrastate  network  access  revenues of the Company's  LECs are based on access
charges,  cost  separation  studies  or  special  settlement  arrangements.  See
"-Services."

    Certain  long  distance  carriers  continue to request  that  certain of the
Company's LECs reduce access  tariffed  rates.  There is no assurance that these
requests will not result in decreased access revenues.

    Developments Affecting Competition. The communications industry is currently
undergoing fundamental changes which may have a significant impact on the future
operations and financial performance of telecommunications companies.  Primarily
as a result of legislative and regulatory initiatives and technological changes,
competition  has been  introduced and encouraged in each sector of the telephone
industry,  including,  most recently,  local service. As a result, the number of
companies offering competitive services has increased.

    As indicated  above, in February 1996 Congress  enacted the 1996 Act, which
obligates LECs to permit  competitors to  interconnect  their  facilities to the
LEC's  network  and to take  various  other  steps  that are  designed  to lower
barriers  of  entry to  competitors.  The 1996 Act  imposes  a  general  duty to
interconnect   with  other   telecommunications   carriers  and  to  forego  the
installation  or  implementation  of network  features or functions  that do not
comply with  guidelines and standards  established  under the 1996 Act. The 1996
Act  imposes  several  duties on a LEC if it  receives a specific  request  from
another  entity which seeks to connect with or provide  services using the LEC's
network.  These  include the duties (i) not to prohibit  resale of its  service,
(ii) to provide number  portability,  (iii) to provide dialing  parity,  (iv) to
afford access to poles, ducts, conduits, and rights-of-way, and (v) to establish
reciprocal  compensation  arrangements  for the  transport  and  termination  of
traffic.  In  addition,  each  incumbent  LEC  is  obligated  to  (i)  negotiate
interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide "unbundled" access to all
aspects  of the LEC's  network,  (iii)  offer  resale of its  telecommunications
services  at  wholesale  rates and (iv)  permit  competitors  to  collocate  its
physical plant on the LEC's property, or provide virtual collocation if physical
collocation is not  practicable.  Under the 1996 Act's rural  telephone  company
exemption,  all of the Company's telephone  subsidiaries will be exempt from the
foregoing  itemized  obligations  of incumbent LECs until such time as the state
regulatory  commission with  jurisdiction  over any such company receives notice
that a bona fide request has been presented to such company for interconnection,
services or network elements and such commission  determines that the request is
technically feasible, not unduly economically  burdensome and is consistent with
the  universal   service   provisions   contained  in  the  1996  Act.  Facility
interconnection  charges  are  required  to be based  on cost (to be  determined
without a  rate-of-return  or other  rate-based  proceeding)  and may  include a
reasonable  profit.  The 1996 Act provides  that each LEC, to the extent that it
provides wireline services,  shall have a statutory duty to provide equal access
and   nondiscrimination  to  interexchange   carriers  and  information  service
providers.  The 1996 Act requires the FCC to adopt  regulations to implement the
provisions  contained  therein.  Management  believes  that  the  1996  Act will
ultimately  increase  competition  in its  franchised  telephone  service areas,
although the form and degree of  competition  cannot be  ascertained  until such
time as the FCC (and, in certain instances, state regulatory commissions) adopts
implementing regulations.

    Of the 14 states in which the  Company  provides  telephone  services,  most
(including  Wisconsin,  Louisiana,  Ohio and Michigan) have taken legislative or
regulatory  steps to introduce  competition  into the local  exchange  business.
Largely as a result thereof, several well-established interexchange carriers and
cable television  companies have accelerated  their  development of networks and
facilities  designed to provide local exchange  services,  principally in larger
cities.  A cable company has requested  authorization  to provide local exchange
service in a portion of the Company's franchised service area in Ohio, and it is
anticipated  that  similar  action  may be  taken  by  others  in the  Company's
franchised  service  areas.  States  can,  if they  so  desire,  introduce  more
competition than is authorized under the 1996 Act.

    Competition from  competitive  access providers and others has increased and
is expected  to  continue  to  increase.  Competitive  access  providers,  which
originally were formed in the 1980's to provide redundancy services, now provide
access  competition  with  LECs in  most  larger  urban  areas,  principally  by
targeting  large  business  customers.   With  the  passage  of  the  1996  Act,
competitive  access  providers are expected to be active  competitors to provide
local telephone service.  Although there has been activity by competitive access
providers in certain of the Company's  operating  areas,  such activity has thus
far not significantly  affected the Company. The Company expects to increasingly
face  competition  from  competitive  access  providers in its  operating  areas
located near larger urban areas and may face  similar  competition  in its other
operating areas.

    In  addition  to  receiving   services  directly  from  competitive   access
providers, interexchange carriers and other users of toll service may seek other
means to bypass  LECs'  switching  services and local  distribution  facilities,
particularly if services are not  strategically  priced.  There are several ways
which users of toll service may bypass the Company's switching services.  First,
users may  construct,  modify or lease  facilities  to  transmit  their  traffic
directly to an interexchange carrier. Cable television companies, in particular,
may be able to modify  their  networks to  partially  or  completely  bypass the
Company's local network.  Also, certain interexchange  carriers provide services
which allow users to divert their traffic from LECs' usage-sensitive services to
their  flat-rate  services.  In  addition,   users  may  choose  to  use  mobile
communications services or, in the future, companies providing competitive local
exchange  services,  to bypass  LECs'  switching  services.  Within the past few
years, each of the three largest interexchange carriers in the United States has
acquired  or sought to acquire  interests  in mobile  communications  companies,
presumably  in part to  obtain  bypass  capabilities.  Although  certain  of the
Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  have  experienced  a loss of traffic to such
bypass,  the Company  believes  that the impact of such loss on revenues has not
been significant. The Company and the LEC industry are seeking to address bypass
principally by adopting  flexible  pricing of access services where  appropriate
and to the extent permitted by regulatory agencies. No assurance can be given as
to the ultimate outcome of these efforts.

    Currently,  cellular  communications  services  complement  traditional  LEC
services.  However, as the mobile  communications  industry continues to mature,
the  Company  anticipates  that  existing  and  emerging  mobile  communications
technologies   will   increasingly   compete  with   traditional  LEC  services.
Technological  and  regulatory  developments  in  cellular  telephone,  personal
communications  services,  digital  microwave,  coaxial cable,  fiber optics and
other  wired and  wireless  technologies  are  expected  to  further  permit the
development  of  alternatives  to  traditional  landline  services.  For further
information  on  certain  of  these  developments,  see  "Mobile  Communications
Operations - Regulation and Competition."

    In connection with the  well-publicized  convergence of  telecommunications,
cable,  video,  computer and entertainment  businesses,  several large companies
have announced plans to offer products that would significantly  enhance current
communications and data transmission services and, in some instances,  introduce
new two-way video, entertainment,  data, consumer and other multimedia services.
Other  companies with wireline  experience  (including  electric  utilities) are
expected to explore  opportunities in this market, along with wireless companies
and other emerging technology companies. For information on the effects of these
developments on the Company's cellular  operations,  see "Mobile  Communications
Operations - Regulation and Competition."

    To  the  extent  that  the  telephone  industry   increasingly   experiences
competition,   the  size  and  resources  of  each  respective   competitor  may
increasingly  influence its  prospects.  Many companies  currently  providing or
planning to provide  competitive  telecommunication  services have substantially
greater  assets and resources  than the Company,  and several are not subject to
the same  regulatory  constraints  as the  Company.  Moreover,  several of these
companies  have  completed  business  combinations  or formed joint  ventures or
alliances to better prepare themselves for competition.

    The Company  anticipates  that the  traditional  operations  of LECs will be
increasingly  impacted  by  continued  technological  developments  as  well  as
legislative and regulatory  initiatives affecting the ability of LECs to provide
new services and the  capability of cable  television  companies,  interexchange
carriers,  competitive  access  providers and others to provide  competitive LEC
services. The Company intends to actively monitor these developments, to observe
the effect of emerging  competitive trends in initial competitive markets (which
are  expected to be large urban  areas) and to continue to evaluate new business
opportunities  that may  arise  out of  future  technological,  legislative  and
regulatory developments. Although competition relating to services traditionally
provided  solely by LECs is expected to initially  affect large urban areas to a
greater extent than rural, suburban and small urban areas such as those in which
the Company  operates,  there is no assurance that these  developments  will not
have an adverse effect on the Company in the future.


                        MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS

    According to data derived from published sources,  at September 30, 1995 the
Company  was the  fifteenth  largest  cellular  telephone  company in the United
States based on the Company's owned pops. The number of pops owned by a cellular
operator does not  represent the number of users of cellular  service and is not
necessarily indicative of the number of potential subscribers. Rather, this term
is  frequently  used as a basis  for  comparing  the  size  of  cellular  system
operators.  At December 31, 1995,  the Company owned  approximately  7.6 million
pops, of which 72% were applicable to MSAs and 28% were RSA pops.

Cellular Industry

    The cellular  telephone  industry  has been in  existence  for just over ten
years in the United  States.  Although  the industry is  relatively  new, it has
grown significantly  during this period and cellular service is now available in
substantially  all  areas  of the  United  States.  According  to  the  Cellular
Telecommunications Industry Association, in June 1995 there were estimated to be
over 28 million cellular customers across the United States.

    Cellular mobile telephone service is capable of high-quality,  high-capacity
communications  to and from  vehicle-mounted  and  hand-held  radio  telephones.
Cellular  systems,  if properly  designed and equipped,  are capable of handling
thousands  of calls at any given time and are  capable of  providing  service to
tens of thousands of subscribers in a market.

    In a cellular telephone system, the licensed service area is subdivided into
geographic  areas, or cells. Each cell has its own transmitter and receiver that
communicates by radio signal with cellular  telephones  located within the cell.
Each cell is connected by a telephone circuit or microwave to a Mobile Telephone
Switching Office ("MTSO"), which in turn is connected to the worldwide telephone
network.

    Communications within a cellular system are controlled by the MTSO through a
transfer process as a cellular telephone user moves from one cell to another. In
this process,  when the signal  strength of a call  declines to a  predetermined
level,  the MTSO  determines  if the signal  strength  from an adjacent  cell is
greater and, if so,  transfers  the call to the adjacent  cell.  Software  which
facilitates the transfer  between  adjacent cells of different  cellular systems
using equipment of different manufacturers has been implemented by the Company.

    Cellular  telephone  systems have high  subscriber  capacity  because of the
substantial frequency spectrum allocated to these systems by the FCC and because
frequencies  can be reused  throughout the system.  Frequency  reuse is possible
because  the  transmission  power of cell site  equipment  and  mobile  units is
relatively low.  Therefore,  signals on the same channel will not interfere with
each other if they are  transmitted  in cells that are  sufficiently  far apart.
Reuse  multiplies the capacity of channels  available to the system operator and
thereby increases the telephone calling capacity.

    Until recently,  substantially  all radio  transmissions of cellular systems
were  conducted on an analog  basis.  Technological  developments  involving the
application of digital radio  technology  offer certain  advantages  over analog
technologies, including expanding the capacity of mobile communications systems,
improving voice clarity, permitting the introduction of new services, and making
such  systems  more  private.  Providers of certain  services  competitive  with
cellular are currently  incorporating  digital technology into their operations,
and are  expected to continue to do so in the future.  In recent  years  certain
cellular  carriers have begun to install  digital  cellular  voice  transmission
facilities    in    certain    larger    markets.     See    "-Regulation    and
Competition-Developments Affecting Mobile Communications Competition."

Construction and Maintenance

    The construction  and maintenance of cellular systems is capital  intensive.
Although all of the Company's MSA and RSA systems are  operational,  the Company
has  continued  to add  cell  sites to  increase  coverage,  provide  additional
capacity and improve the quality of these systems. In 1995 the Company completed
construction of 41 cell sites in markets operated by the Company.

    During  the last few years the  Company  upgraded  certain  portions  of its
cellular systems to be capable of providing  digital service in the future;  the
Company  currently plans to implement  digital service in certain markets during
1996 using the TDMA digital  standard.  The Company will continue to monitor the
development  and  implementation  of this  technology to determine  when it will
become  beneficial  for  the  Company  to  install  digital  voice  transmission
facilities  in other  markets.  See  "-Regulation  and  Competition-Developments
Affecting Mobile Communications Competition." Total capital expenditures related
to  majority-owned  cellular systems operated by the Company were  approximately
$42 million in 1995 and are anticipated to be approximately $61 million in 1996.

Strategy

    The  Company's  business  development  strategy for its  cellular  telephone
operations   is  to  secure   operating   control  of  service  areas  that  are
geographically clustered. Clustered cellular systems aid the Company's marketing
efforts and provide various operating and service advantages.  Approximately 51%
of the  Company's  pops in  markets  operated  by the  Company  are in a single,
contiguous cluster of eight MSAs and seven RSAs in Michigan;  another 19% are in
a  cluster  of five MSAs and  seven  RSAs in  northern  and  central  Louisiana,
southern Arkansas and eastern Texas. See "-The Company's Cellular Interests."

    Another component of the Company's strategy for cellular operations includes
capturing  revenues from roaming  service.  Roaming service revenues are derived
from calls made in one cellular  service area by subscribers  from other service
areas.  Roaming service is made possible by technical  standards  requiring that
cellular telephones be functionally  compatible with the cellular systems in all
United States market areas. The Company charges premium rates (compared to rates
charged  to the  Company's  customers)  for  roaming  service  provided  to most
non-Company  customers.  The Company's  Michigan cellular  properties  include a
significant  portion of the  interstate  highway  corridor  between  Chicago and
Detroit;  its Louisiana properties include an east-west interstate highway and a
north-south interstate highway which intersect in its Louisiana cellular service
area; and its Mississippi  properties include two east-west interstate highways,
one of which  intersects  with a  north-south  interstate  highway  in  Jackson,
Mississippi.

Marketing

    The Company  markets its  cellular  services  through  several  distribution
channels,  including  independent  agents,  its  direct  sales  force and retail
outlets  owned by the Company and others.  The  Company's  cellular  sales force
consists of almost 300 independent agents, which generate a significant majority
of the  Company's  new  subscribers,  and over 200 sales  employees.  Each sales
employee and independent agent solicits cellular  customers  exclusively for the
Company.  Company sales  employees are  compensated by salary and commission and
independent  sales  agents are paid  commissions.  The  Company  advertises  its
services  through various means,  including  direct mail,  billboard,  magazine,
radio, television and newspaper advertisements.

    The sales and marketing costs of obtaining new subscribers are  substantial.
The  Company  not only  has to pay for  advertising,  but  also  incurs a direct
expense for most new subscribers,  either in the form of a commission payment to
an agent or a  salary/incentive  payment to a direct sales person.  In addition,
the Company discounts the cost of cellular telephone equipment, and periodically
runs  promotions  which  provide  some amount of initial  activation,  access or
airtime free to new subscribers. Although the Company has continued to lower the
cost of acquisition  per subscriber,  it remains one of the largest  expenses in
conducting the Company's cellular operations.

    During  1994  AT&T  Corp.   completed  its  acquisition  of  McCaw  Cellular
Communications,  Inc., the largest cellular  provider in the United States,  and
has begun to market  McCaw's  service  under the AT&T brand  name.  The  Company
competes  with AT&T in four of the MSAs it operates  and several of its operated
RSAs.

Services, Customers and System Usage

    There are a number of different types of cellular  telephones,  all of which
are currently  compatible with cellular systems nationwide.  The Company sells a
full range of  vehicle-mounted,  transportable,  and hand-held portable cellular
telephones.  Features  offered in the  cellular  telephones  sold by the Company
include hands-free calling, repeat dialing, horn alert and others.

    The Company charges its  subscribers for access to its systems,  for minutes
of use and for enhanced services,  such as voice mail. A subscriber may purchase
certain of these  services  separately  or may purchase  rate plans which bundle
these  services in  different  ways and are  designed to fit  different  calling
patterns.  While the Company  historically  has typically  charged its customers
separately  for  custom-calling  features,  air time in excess  of the  packaged
amount,  and toll calls,  recently  it has begun to offer  plans  which  include
features such as unlimited toll calls and unlimited  weekend  calling in certain
calling  areas.   Custom-calling   features  provided  by  the  Company  include
call-forwarding,  call-waiting,  three-way calling and no-answer  transfer.  The
Company offers voice message service in many of its markets. This service, which
functions like a sophisticated  answering  machine,  allows customers to receive
messages from callers when they are not available to take calls.

     Cellular  customers come from a wide range of  occupations.  They typically
include a large proportion of individuals who work outside of their office, such
as employees in the construction, real estate, wholesale and retail distribution
businesses,  and professionals.  More customers are selecting portable and other
transportable  cellular  telephones as these units become more compact and fully
featured,  as well as more  attractively  priced. It is anticipated that average
revenue per customer may continue to decline (i) as market penetration increases
and  additional  lower usage  customers are  activated  and (ii) as  competitive
pressures intensify and place additional pressure on rates. See "-Regulation and
Competition."

    Most  cellular  systems  allow a  customer  to place or  receive a call in a
cellular service area away from the customer's home market area. The Company has
entered into  "roaming  agreements"  with  operators of other  cellular  systems
covering  virtually all markets in the United States;  such agreements offer the
Company's  customers the opportunity to roam in these markets.  Also, a customer
of a  participating  non-Company  system  traveling in a market  operated by the
Company where this arrangement is in effect is able to automatically  make calls
on the Company's system.  The charge to a non-Company  customer for this service
is typically at premium  rates,  and is billed by the Company to the  customer's
home system, which then bills the customer. Occasionally, the Company will enter
into reciprocal  agreements with other cellular carriers to settle roaming usage
at a rate  different  from  such  premium  rates.  In some  instances,  based on
competitive  factors and financial  considerations,  the Company charges a lower
amount to its  customers  than the  amount  actually  charged  by the  servicing
cellular carrier for roaming.  The Company  anticipates that competitive factors
and  industry  consolidation  may place  further  pressure on  charging  premium
roaming rates. For additional information on roaming revenue, see "-Strategy."

    Roamer fraud remains a cellular industry  problem.  Roamer fraud occurs when
cellular  telephone  equipment is  programmed  to conceal the true  identity and
location  of the user.  While the  Company  and the  industry  have  implemented
extensive fraud control  processes,  they have not been able to eliminate roamer
fraud.

    During recent years, the Company's cellular subsidiaries  experienced strong
subscriber  growth in the fourth  quarter,  primarily  due to increased  holiday
season sales. According to the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association,
industry-wide  cellular sales have been seasonally strong in the fourth calendar
quarter for the past several years.

    The following  table  summarizes,  among other things,  certain  information
about the Company's customers and market penetration:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Year Ended or At December 31,
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                               1995              1994             1993
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>  
Majority-owned and operated MSA and RSA systems (Note 1):
    Cellular systems operated                                       33                31               26
    Total population of systems operated (Note 2)            6,877,598         6,359,699        5,015,463
    Customers (Note 3):
       At beginning of period                                  211,710           116,484           73,084
       Additions                                               139,836           110,636           62,564
       Net acquisitions/dispositions                             8,699            30,743                -
       Disconnects                                              70,170            46,153           19,164
       At end of period                                        290,075           211,710          116,484
    Market penetration at end of period (Note 4)                  4.22%             3.33             2.32
    Churn rate (Note 5)                                           2.39%             2.29             1.75
    Average monthly cellular service revenue per customer    $      66                69               71
    Construction expenditures (in thousands)                 $  41,990            39,937           56,070

All operated MSA and RSA systems (Note 6):
    Cellular systems operated                                       37                36               31
    Total population of systems operated (Note 2)            7,721,569         7,445,571        6,084,794
    Customers at end of period (Note 7)                        313,430           227,140          124,908
    Market penetration at end of period (Note 8)                  4.06%             3.05             2.05

Notes:
      1.  Represents the number of systems in which the Company owned at least a
50% interest.  The revenues and expenses of these cellular markets, all of which
are  operated  by  the  Company,  are  included  in the  Company's  consolidated
operating revenues and operating expenses.
      2.  Based  on  independent   third-party  population  estimates  for  each
respective year.
      3.  Represents  the  approximate  number  of  revenue-generating  cellular
telephones served by the cellular systems referred to in note 1.
      4.  Computed by dividing  the number of customers at the end of the period
by the total population of systems referred to in note 1.
      5.  Represents the average  percentage of customers  that  disconnect on a
monthly basis.
      6.  Represents  the total  number of systems  that the  Company  operated,
including systems in which it does not own a majority interest.
      7.  Represents  the  approximate  number  of  revenue-generating  cellular
telephones served by the cellular systems referred to in note 6.
      8.  Computed by dividing  the number of customers at the end of the period
by the total population of systems referred to in note 6.
</TABLE>

The Company's Cellular Interests

      The Company obtained the right to provide cellular service through (i) the
FCC's licensing  process described below,  under which it received  interests in
wireline licenses, and (ii) its acquisition program, under which it has acquired
interests in both wireline and non-wireline licenses. The table below sets forth
certain  information  with respect to the interests in cellular systems that the
Company owned as of December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    The           Other
                                        1995                      Company's      cellular
                                     population     Ownership      pops at       operator
                                      (Note 1)     percentage  December 31, 1995  (Note 2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         <C>             <C> 

Majority-owned and operated MSAs

Grand Rapids, MI                         734,501      97.00%       712,466       AirTouch
Lansing, MI                              498,597      97.00        483,639       AirTouch
Saginaw, MI                              402,929      91.70        369,486       AirTouch
Kalamazoo, MI                            305,095      97.00        295,942       Centennial
Battle Creek, MI                         193,878      97.00        188,062       Centennial
Muskegon, MI                             187,884      97.00        182,247       AirTouch
Benton Harbor, MI                        161,966      97.00        157,107       Masters Cellular
Jackson, MI                              153,977      97.00        149,358       Centennial
Shreveport, LA                           379,525      62.00        235,306       AT&T
Alexandria, LA                           144,396     100.00        144,396       Centennial
Monroe, LA                               147,395      62.00         91,385       AT&T
Jackson, MS  (Note 4)                    416,071      87.33        363,354       MCTA
Biloxi-Gulfport, MS  (Note 4)            229,730      92.83        213,249       Cellular South
Pascagoula, MS  (Note 4)                 126,963      85.90        109,065       Cellular South
LaCrosse, WI                             101,785      95.00         96,696       U. S. Cellular
Pine Bluff, AR                            83,975     100.00         83,975       AT&T
McAllen-Edinburg-Mission, TX  (Note 4)   475,980      68.33        325,248       SBC
Brownsville-Harlingen, TX  (Note 4)      306,979      77.81        238,872       SBC
Texarkana, AR/TX                         136,879      89.00        121,822       AT&T
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       5,188,505                 4,561,675
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Minority-owned MSAs

Flint, MI                                506,318       3.20%        16,192       Note 3
Detroit, MI                            4,602,090       3.20        147,175       Note 3
Appleton/Oshkosh/Neenah, WI              475,651      10.83         51,513       Note 3
Little Rock, AR                          543,773      36.00        195,758       Note 3
Lafayette, LA                            256,742      49.00        125,804       Note 3
Austin, TX                               919,978      35.00        321,992       Note 3
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX                   4,344,179        .50         21,721       Note 3
Sherman-Denison, TX                       97,919        .50            490       Note 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      11,746,650                   880,645
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total MSAs                      16,935,155                 5,442,320
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operated RSAs

Arkansas 2                                82,860      82.00%        67,945       AT&T
Arkansas 3                               102,706      82.00         84,219       AT&T
Arkansas 11                               67,360      89.00         59,950       AT&T
Arkansas 12                              188,542      80.00        150,834       AT&T
Louisiana 1                              114,680      62.00         71,102       Cellular One
Louisiana 2                              116,255      62.00         72,078       AT&T/Centennial
Louisiana 3 (B2)                          95,585      62.00         59,263       AT&T/Centennial
Louisiana 4                               73,168     100.00         73,168       Centennial
Michigan 3                               156,490      38.76         60,660       Unitel
Michigan 4                               131,069     100.00        131,069       RFB
Michigan 5                               156,029      38.76         60,481       Unitel
Michigan 6                               135,706      98.00        132,992       Centennial
Michigan 7                               238,595      41.78         99,697       Centennial
Michigan 8                                98,016      97.00         95,076       Allegan Cellular
Michigan 9                               292,857      43.38        127,041       Centennial
Mississippi 2 (Note 4)                   242,752     100.00        242,752       Bell South Mobility
Mississippi 6 (Note 4)                   182,638     100.00        182,638       Cellular South
Texas 7 (B6)                              57,756      89.00         51,403       AT&T
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       2,533,064                 1,822,368
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Non-operated RSAs

Arizona 2                                243,529      21.30%        51,863       Note 3
Michigan 10                              135,023      26.00         35,106       Note 3
Minnesota 11                             206,081      13.01         26,807       Note 3
New Mexico 4W                            133,708      35.71         47,753       Note 3
Texas 16                                 319,976       9.60         30,718       Note 3
Wisconsin 1                              109,248       8.44          9,222       Note 3
Wisconsin 2                               84,925      12.81         10,879       Note 3
Wisconsin 3                              139,189      14.29         19,884       Note 3
Wisconsin 6                              114,709      28.57         32,774       Note 3
Wisconsin 8                              232,864       4.00          9,315       Note 3
Wisconsin 10                             128,751      15.00         19,313       Note 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1,848,003                   293,634
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total RSAs                        4,381,067                 2,116,002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      21,316,222                 7,558,322
==========================================================================
Notes:
    1.  Based on 1995 independent third-party population estimates.
    2.  Information provided to the best of the Company's knowledge.
    3.  Markets not operated by the Company.
    4.  Represents a non-wireline interest.
</TABLE>

Operations

    A substantial number of the cellular systems in MSAs operated by the Company
are owned by limited  partnerships  in which the  Company  is a general  partner
("MSA  Partnerships").  Most of these  partnerships  are governed by partnership
agreements  with  similar  terms,  including,   among  other  things,  customary
provisions concerning capital contributions,  sharing of profits and losses, and
dissolution  and  termination  of the  partnership.  Most of  these  partnership
agreements vest complete operational control of the partnership with the general
partner.  The general partner  typically has the power to manage,  supervise and
conduct  the  affairs of the  partnership,  make all  decisions  appropriate  in
connection with the business purposes of the partnership,  and incur obligations
and execute  agreements on behalf of the  partnership.  The general partner also
may make  decisions  regarding  the time and  amount of cash  contributions  and
distributions,  and the nature,  timing and extent of construction,  without the
consent of the other partners.  The Company owns more than 50% of all of the MSA
Partnerships.

    A substantial number of the cellular systems in RSAs operated by the Company
are also owned by limited or general partnerships in which the Company is either
the general or managing partner (the "RSA Partnerships"). These partnerships are
governed by partnership agreements with varying terms and provisions. In many of
these partnerships,  the noncontrolling partners have the right to vote on major
issues  such  as  the  annual  budget  and  system  design.  In a few  of  these
partnerships,  the Company's  management position is for a limited term (similar
to a management  contract) and the other  partners in the  partnership  have the
right to change managers,  with or without cause. The Company owns less than 50%
of some of the RSA Partnerships.

    The  partnership   agreements  for  both  the  MSA   Partnerships   and  RSA
Partnerships generally contain provisions granting all partners a right of first
refusal in the event a partner desires to transfer a partnership interest.  This
restriction on transfer can make these  partnership  interests more difficult to
sell to a third party.

Revenue

    The following table reflects the major revenue  categories for the Company's
mobile  communications  operations  as a  percentage  of  mobile  communications
operating revenues in 1995, 1994 and 1993.

                                             1995           1994          1993
                                            ----------------------------------
Cellular access fees, toll
 revenues and equipment sales                82.3%          82.0          80.5
Cellular roaming                             17.7           16.1          14.5
Paging services  (Note)                         -            1.9           5.0
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            100.0%         100.0         100.0
                                            ==================================

Note:   The Company's paging operations were sold in October 1994.

    For further information on these revenue categories, see "-Services, 
Customers and System Usage."

Regulation And Competition

    As discussed  below,  the FCC and various state public  utility  commissions
regulate,   among  other  things,   the  licensing,   construction,   operation,
interconnection  arrangements,   sale  and  acquisition  of  cellular  telephone
systems.

    Cellular  Licensing  Process.  During the 1980's and early  1990's,  the FCC
awarded two licenses to provide cellular  service in each market.  Each licensee
is required to provide service to a designated portion of the area or population
in its licensed area as a condition to maintaining that license.  Initially, one
license was reserved  for  companies  offering  local  telephone  service in the
market  (the  wireline   carrier)  and  one  license  was  available  for  firms
unaffiliated with the local telephone company (the non-wireline carrier).  Since
mid-1986,  the FCC has  permitted  telephone  companies or their  affiliates  to
acquire  control of  non-wireline  licenses in markets in which they do not hold
interests in the wireline license.

    The  completion  of  acquisitions  involving  the  transfer  of control of a
cellular  system  requires prior FCC approval and, in certain cases,  receipt of
other federal and state regulatory approvals. Acquisitions of minority interests
generally do not require FCC  approval.  Whenever FCC approval is required,  any
interested  party may file a petition  to dismiss  or deny the  application  for
approval of the proposed transfer.

    Initial  operating  licenses  were  granted  for  ten-year  periods  and are
renewable upon application to the FCC for periods of ten years.  Licenses may be
revoked  and  license  renewal  applications  denied  for  cause.  There  may be
competition  for licenses upon the expiration of the initial  ten-year terms and
there is no  assurance  that any license  will be renewed,  although the FCC has
issued a decision that grants a renewal  expectancy  during the license  renewal
period to  incumbent  licensees  that  substantially  comply  with the terms and
conditions  of their  cellular  authorizations  and the FCC's  regulations.  The
licenses  for the MSA markets  operated by the Company  were  initially  granted
between 1984 and 1987,  and licenses for operated  RSAs were  initially  granted
between 1989 and 1991. The Company intends to file renewal  applications for its
licenses which will otherwise expire in 1996.

    Five years after  initial  operating  licenses are granted,  unserved  areas
within  markets  previously  granted  to  licensees  may be  applied  for by any
qualified  party.  The FCC has rules that govern the  procedures  for filing and
granting such applications and has established requirements for constructing and
operating  systems in such areas.  The Company has not lost, and does not expect
to lose, any  significant  market areas as a result of not providing  service to
such areas. In addition to regulation by the FCC,  cellular  systems are subject
to certain Federal Aviation  Administration tower height regulations  concerning
the siting and construction of cellular transmitter towers and antennas.

    Cellular  operators  are also subject to state and local  regulation in some
instances.   Although  the  FCC  has  pre-empted  the  states  from   exercising
jurisdiction  in  the  areas  of  licensing,   technical  standards  and  market
structure,  certain  states  require  cellular  operators  to be  certified.  In
addition,  some  state  authorities  regulate  certain  aspects  of  a  cellular
operator's  business,  including certain aspects of pricing,  the resale of long
distance  service to its customers,  the technical  arrangements and charges for
interconnection  with the  landline  network,  and the  transfer of interests in
cellular  systems.  The siting and  construction of the cellular  facilities may
also be subject to state or local zoning, land use and other local regulations.

    Competition  between  cellular  providers  in  each  market  is  conducted
principally  on the basis of services and  enhancements  offered,  the technical
quality  and  coverage of the system,  quality  and  responsiveness  of customer
service,  and price.  Competition may be intense. For a listing of the Company's
competitors in cellular  markets  operated by the Company,  see "- The Company's
Cellular Interests." Under applicable law, the Company is required to permit the
reselling  of its  services.  In certain  larger  markets and in certain  market
segments,   competition  from  resellers  may  be  significant.  There  is  also
substantial  competition for agents.  Certain of the Company's  competitors have
substantially greater assets and resources than the Company.

    Developments  Affecting Mobile Communications  Competition.  Continued and
rapid  technological   advances  in  the  communications   field,  coupled  with
legislative  and regulatory  uncertainty,  make it impossible to (i) predict the
extent of future competition to cellular systems,  (ii) determine which emerging
technologies  pose  the  most  viable  alternatives  to the  Company's  cellular
operations,  or (iii)  list each  development  that may  ultimately  impact  the
Company's cellular operations.  No assurance can be given that current or future
technological  advances,  or legislative or regulatory changes,  will not impact
the Company's cellular operations.

    Several recent FCC initiatives have resulted in the allocation of additional
radio  spectrum or the issuance of  experimental  licenses  for emerging  mobile
communications  technologies  that will or may be competitive with the Company's
cellular and telephone  operations,  including personal  communication  services
("PCS"). Although there is no universally recognized definition of PCS, the term
is  generally  used to refer to wireless  services  to be provided by  licensees
operating in the 1850 MHz to 1990 MHz radio frequency band using  microcells and
high-capacity  digital  technology.  When offered  commercially,  PCS technology
currently  under  development  may permit PCS operators to offer  wireless data,
image and multimedia services.  The extent to which PCS will offer services that
are  complementary  or competitive with cellular  services is uncertain,  and is
expected  to be  influenced  by  continuing  developments  in PCS  and  cellular
technologies and by FCC regulation.

    The FCC has  adopted  rules to auction up to six PCS  licenses  per  market.
Under these rules, two 30 MHz frequency blocks have been awarded for each of the
51 Rand McNally Major Trading Areas ("MTAs"),  while one 30 MHz and three 10 MHz
frequency  blocks will be awarded for each of the 493 Rand McNally Basic Trading
Areas ("BTAs").  Subject to certain exceptions, the Company will be permitted to
freely pursue PCS licenses outside its cellular markets,  but will be limited to
acquiring  only one 10 MHz block in licensed areas where it controls more than a
20% interest in a cellular  licensee and serves more than 10% of the  population
within the PCS  licensed  area.  The  Company did not  participate  in the FCC's
auction of the MTA  licenses.  During 1995 the Company  invested  $20 million in
exchange for a minority  equity  interest in an entity formed for the purpose of
participating in the FCC's current auction, which began in December 1995, of the
30 MHz PCS license for each BTA. The FCC  anticipates  auctioning  the final BTA
licenses later in 1996. PCS service is commercially available in Washington D.C.
and  Baltimore  and is expected to be  commercially  available in certain  other
areas in 1996.

    In addition to PCS, users and potential  users of cellular  systems may find
their   communication   needs   satisfied  by  other   current  and   developing
technologies,  several  of which may enjoy  potential  operational  and  service
advantages  through  their  use  of  digital  technology.   The  FCC  previously
authorized  the licensees of certain  specialized  mobile radio service  ("SMR")
systems (which  historically  have generally been used by taxicabs and tow truck
operators) to configure  their  systems so as to operate in a manner  similar to
cellular  systems.  The Company  believes  that SMR systems are  operating  in a
majority of its cellular markets.  Certain  well-established  SMR providers have
announced their intention to create a nationwide  digital mobile  communications
system to compete with cellular systems.  Other similar  communication  services
which have the technical capability to handle mobile telephone calls may provide
competition  in certain  markets,  although  these  services  currently lack the
subscriber capacity of cellular systems.  One-way paging or beeper services that
feature  voice  message and data  display as well as tones may be  adequate  for
potential  subscribers  who do not need to  communicate  with the caller.  Other
two-way  mobile  services may also be competitive  with the Company's  services,
including two-way paging.

    Mobile satellite  systems,  in which  transmissions are between mobile units
and satellites,  are currently in operation. No assurance can be given that such
systems  will not  ultimately  be  successful  in  obtaining  market  share from
cellular systems which communicate directly to land-based stations. However, the
Company has entered into an agreement with a satellite  system provider  whereby
the satellite  system will  supplement the Company's  cellular system in certain
areas.

    As  described   further  under  "Telephone   Operations  -  Regulation  and
Competition,"   in   connection   with  the   well-publicized   convergence   of
telecommunications, cable, video, computer and entertainment businesses, several
large  companies  have  recently  announced  plans to offer  products that would
significantly  enhance current  communications and data  transmissions  services
and, in some instances,  introduce new services.  Although much of the resulting
competition is expected to center on wireline  services,  it is anticipated that
these  developments may also increase  competition in the mobile  communications
industry.  Several  companies  are  currently  developing  and  marketing  small
hand-held devices that provide digital wireless data transmission  services that
compete  with  similar  analog  services  currently  being  provided by cellular
companies.

    Recently,  several large cellular providers have merged with other companies
or formed joint  ventures.  The resulting  entities have  substantially  greater
assets and resources than the Company.  Several of these joint  ventures  pooled
their resources to purchase PCS licenses  awarded in the MTA auctions which were
completed in 1995 and to develop the associated  markets.  For more information,
see "-Marketing."

    Although it is uncertain how PCS, SMR, mobile  satellites and other emerging
technologies will ultimately affect the Company,  they are not anticipated to be
significant  sources of competition  in the Company's  markets in the near term.
Moreover,  management believes that equipping its current cellular networks with
digital  enhancements and applying new microcellular  technologies should permit
its  cellular  systems  to  provide   services   comparable  with  the  emerging
technologies described above, although no assurances can be given that this will
happen or that  future  technological  advances  or  legislative  or  regulatory
changes will not create additional sources of competition.

Certain Considerations Regarding Cellular Telephone Operations

    The cellular  industry has a relatively  limited operating history and there
continues to be uncertainty regarding its future. Among other factors,  there is
uncertainty regarding (i) the continued growth in the number of customers,  (ii)
the usage and pricing of cellular  services,  particularly as market penetration
increases and lower-usage  customers subscribe for service,  (iii) the number of
customers who will terminate  service each month, and (iv) the impact of changes
in technology,  regulation, legislation and competition, any of which could have
a material adverse effect on the Company. See "- Regulation and Competition."

    The market value of cellular interests is frequently determined on the basis
of the  number  of pops  owned  by a  cellular  provider.  The  population  of a
particular  cellular  market,  however,  does  not  necessarily  bear  a  direct
relationship  to the number of  subscribers or the revenues that may be realized
from the operation of the related  cellular  system.  The future market value of
the Company's cellular interests will depend on, among other things, the success
of its cellular operations.


                                OTHER OPERATIONS

    The Company also provides long distance,  operator and interactive  services
in certain local and regional  markets,  as well as certain printing and related
services,  and has recently entered the competitive access business. The results
of these  operations,  which accounted for 4.4% and 1.2%,  respectively,  of the
Company's  consolidated revenues and operating income during 1995, are reflected
for financial  reporting purposes in the "Other operations" section in operating
income.

    Long  Distance.  At December 31, 1995,  the Company  provided  long distance
services in certain of its local  exchange  markets to nearly 47,000  customers,
which  represented  a 69%  increase  from the number of  customers  served as of
January 1, 1995.  In January  1996 the Company  began  marketing  long  distance
service in all of its equal access telephone operating areas and, during January
1996 and February  1996,  added  29,000 long  distance  customers.  Although the
Company owns and operates long distance switches in LaCrosse,  Wisconsin and San
Marcos,  Texas,  it  anticipates  that most of its future long distance  service
revenues   will  be  provided  by  reselling   service   purchased   from  other
facilities-based  long distance  providers.  The Company  intends to continue to
aggressively  expand its long distance business,  principally  through reselling
arrangements.

    Competitive   access.  The  Company's   competitive  access  subsidiary  has
constructed  an 86-mile  fiber optic  network  which allows the Company to offer
certain  competitive  access services in Fort Worth and Arlington,  Texas, along
with a portion of downtown  Dallas.  The  subsidiary,  which has also obtained a
franchise to provide services in Austin, Texas and is currently constructing its
network in the Austin  market,  provides  enhanced data  transmission  services,
transport  to local area  network  users,  and central  office  interconnection,
primarily for large business  customers.  The subsidiary also provides transport
for  origination  and  termination  services for long  distance  companies.  The
Company plans to continue to pursue the  development of its  competitive  access
business in Texas and expects to incur operating  losses in such business during
the next few years.

    Other.  The  Company  provides 0+ and 0-  operator  services  for retail and
wholesale  markets.  The retail market consists primarily of the hospitality and
payphone  industries.   The  wholesale  market  consists  of  other  independent
telephone companies and interexchange carriers.

    The  Company  has  a   subsidiary   which   provides   audiotext   services,
fax-on-demand  services,  and interactive  marketing  surveys and research.  The
advertising and consumer  information provided through the audiotext services is
supplied by the businesses  that advertise.  The Company has another  subsidiary
that provides printing,  database  management and direct mail services which, in
conjunction  with the subsidiary that provides  marketing  surveys and research,
can provide a complete  market  research  package to customers.  The Company has
signed a preliminary  agreement  with another  company  providing  complementary
services,  pursuant to which the Company would combine most of the operations of
these two subsidiaries  with the operations of the other company in exchange for
an 80% equity interest in the newly created company.

    Certain  service  subsidiaries  of  the  company  provide  installation  and
maintenance  services,  materials and supplies,  and  managerial,  technical and
accounting  services  to  the  telephone  and  mobile  communications  operating
subsidiaries.  In addition,  Century provides and bills  management  services to
subsidiaries and in certain instances makes interest bearing advances to finance
construction  of plant  and  purchases  of  equipment.  These  transactions  are
recorded by the Company's regulated telephone  subsidiaries at their cost to the
extent permitted by regulatory authorities.  Intercompany profit on transactions
with  regulated  affiliates is limited to a reasonable  return on investment and
has not  been  eliminated  in  connection  with  consolidating  the  results  of
operations  of  Century  and  its  subsidiaries.  Such  intercompany  profit  is
reflected in the "Other operations" section in operating income.


                                  OTHER MATTERS

      The Company has certain obligations based on federal, state and local laws
relating to the protection of the environment.  Costs of compliance through 1995
have not been  material and the Company  currently has no reason to believe that
such costs will become material.

      For additional  information  concerning the business and properties of the
Company,  see  notes 2, 5, 11,  14 and 16 of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements set forth in Item 8 elsewhere herein.

Item 2.        Properties.

      The Company's  properties  consist  principally  of (i)  telephone  lines,
central office equipment,  telephone instruments and related equipment, and land
and building  related to telephone  operations  and (ii) switching and cell site
equipment related to cellular telephone operations. As of December 31, 1995, the
Company's  gross  property,  plant and equipment of  approximately  $1.5 billion
consisted of the following:

Telephone:
      Cable and wire.............................................     44.1%
      Central office equipment...................................     23.8
      General support............................................      6.6
      Information origination/termination equipment..............      1.6
      Construction in progress...................................      4.0
      Other......................................................       .4
                                                                     -----
                                                                      80.5
Mobile Communications............................................     12.8
Other ...........................................................      6.7
                                                                     -----
                                                                     100.0%
                                                                     =====
      "Cable and wire" facilities  consist  primarily of buried cable and aerial
cable,  poles,  wire,  conduit and drops.  "Central office  equipment"  consists
primarily of switching  equipment,  circuit  equipment  and related  facilities.
"General support" consists  primarily of land,  buildings,  tools,  furnishings,
fixtures,     motor     vehicles     and    work     equipment.     "Information
origination/termination  equipment"  consists  primarily  of  premise  equipment
(private   branch   exchanges  and   telephones)   for  official   company  use.
"Construction in progress"  includes  property of the foregoing  categories that
has not been placed in service because it is still under construction.

      Most of the properties of the Company's telephone subsidiaries are subject
to mortgages securing the debt of such companies. The Company owns substantially
all of the central office buildings, local administrative buildings, warehouses,
and storage facilities used in its telephone operations. The Company leases most
of the offices used in its cellular operations; certain of its transmitter sites
are leased while others are owned by the Company. For further information on the
location  and type of the  Company's  properties,  see the  descriptions  of the
Company's telephone and mobile communications operations in Item 1.

Item 3.        Legal Proceedings.

      From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation incidental to its
business,  including administrative hearings of state public utility commissions
relating  primarily  to  rate  making,  actions  relating  to  employee  claims,
occasional grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies and miscellaneous
third party tort actions. Currently, there are no material legal proceedings.

Item 4.        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

      Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

      Information  concerning  Executive Officers,  set forth at Item 10 in Part
III hereof, is incorporated in Part I of this Report by reference.

                                     PART II

Item 5.        Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
               Matters.

      Century's  common  stock is listed on the New York Stock  Exchange  and is
traded  under the symbol CTL.  The  following  table sets forth the high and low
sale  prices,  along  with the  quarterly  dividends,  for each of the  quarters
indicated:

                                            Sale prices          
                                        ------------------       Dividend per
                                        High           Low       common share
                                        ----           ---       ------------
1994:
      First quarter                 $  27-7/8         21-7/8        .08
      Second quarter                $  27-5/8         22-5/8        .08
      Third quarter                 $  30-1/2         25            .08
      Fourth quarter                $  32-1/4         27-1/2        .08

1995:
      First quarter                 $  33-1/8         29            .0825
      Second quarter                $  31-3/4         27-1/2        .0825
      Third quarter                 $  32-1/8         27            .0825
      Fourth quarter                $  32-1/8         27-1/2        .0825

      Common stock dividends during 1994 and 1995 were paid each quarter.  As of
February 29, 1996,  there were  approximately  6,900  stockholders  of record of
Century's common stock.

Item 6.        Selected Financial Data.

      The following table presents certain selected consolidated  financial data
as of and for each of the years ended in the five-year period ended December 31,
1995:

Selected Income Statement Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Year ended December 31,
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
                                      1995          1994        1993         1992       1991
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
                             (Dollars, except per share amounts, and shares expressed in thousands)
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>  

Operating revenues
     Telephone                     $ 419,242     391,265      350,330     298,812      236,408
     Mobile Communications           197,494     150,802       84,712      62,092       46,731
     Other                            28,104      22,534       20,633       9,956        8,658
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenues           $ 644,840     564,601      455,675     370,860      291,797
                                    ==========================================================

Operating income (loss)
     Telephone                     $ 143,527     137,992      114,902     103,672       80,039
     Mobile Communications            57,009      31,443        9,906       5,956       (4,952)
     Other                             2,383       3,371        3,201       3,324        1,344
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
Net operating income               $ 202,919     172,806      128,009     112,952       76,431
                                    ==========================================================

Income before cumulative
   effect of changes in
   accounting principles           $ 114,776     100,238       69,004      59,973       37,419
Cumulative effect of changes
   in accounting principles                -           -            -     (15,668)           -
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
Net income                         $ 114,776     100,238       69,004      44,305       37,419
                                    ==========================================================

Fully diluted earnings per share
   before cumulative effect of
   changes in accounting
   principles                      $    1.95        1.80         1.32        1.22          .79

Cumulative effect of changes
   in accounting principles                -           -            -        (.31)           -
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------

Fully diluted earnings per share   $    1.95        1.80         1.32         .91          .79
                                    ==========================================================

Dividends per common share         $     .33         .32          .31        .293         .287
                                    ==========================================================

Average fully diluted
   shares outstanding                 59,107      58,135       55,892      48,653       47,432
                                    ==========================================================

</TABLE>

Selected Balance Sheet Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              December 31,
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1995          1994          1993         1992         1991
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                              <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>   
Net property, plant and
   equipment                     $1,047,808       947,131       827,776      675,878      534,998
Excess cost of net assets
   acquired, net                 $  493,655       441,436       297,158      217,688      114,258
Total assets                     $1,862,421     1,643,253     1,319,390    1,040,487      764,539
Long-term debt                   $  622,904       518,603       364,433      346,944      205,453
Stockholders' equity             $  888,424       650,236       513,768      385,449      319,977

</TABLE>

      The following table presents certain selected consolidated  operating data
as of the end of each of the years in the  five-year  period ended  December 31,
1995:

                                            Year ended December 31,
                              -------------------------------------------------
                                1995       1994       1993      1992      1991
                              -------------------------------------------------

Telephone access lines        480,757    454,963    434,691   397,300   314,819
Cellular units in service
    in majority-owned
    markets                   290,075    211,710    116,484    73,084    51,083

    See Items 1 and 2 in Part I and  notes 1, 5 and 14 of Notes to  Consolidated
Financial  Statements  set  forth  in Item 8  elsewhere  herein  for  additional
information.



Item 7.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
               Results of Operations

                              RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

      The  1995  net  income  of  Century   Telephone   Enterprises,   Inc.  and
subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  increased to $114.8  million from $100.2 million
during 1994 and $69.0 million during 1993.  Fully diluted earnings per share for
1995  increased  to $1.95 from $1.80  during  1994 and $1.32  during  1993.  The
average  number of fully diluted shares  outstanding  increased 1.7% and 4.0% in
1995 and 1994,  respectively,  as a result of shares issued in  connection  with
acquisitions  and the  Company's  dividend  reinvestment,  incentive and benefit
plans.

      The Company is a regional diversified  telecommunications  company that is
primarily  engaged in  providing  traditional  telephone  services  and cellular
mobile  telephone  services.  The  Company's  1995  operating  income was $202.9
million,  an increase of $30.1  million  (17.4%) over 1994  operating  income of
$172.8  million.  During 1995 the operating  income of the  Company's  telephone
segment and its mobile communications  segment increased $5.5 million (4.0%) and
$25.6 million (81.3%),  respectively,  compared to 1994. The Company's operating
income during 1993 was $128.0 million.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Year ended December 31,                                 1995          1994           1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands,
                                                            except per share amounts)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C> 

Operating income
    Telephone                                       $ 143,527       137,992        114,902
    Mobile Communications                              57,009        31,443          9,906
    Other                                               2,383         3,371          3,201
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      202,919       172,806        128,009
Interest expense                                      (43,615)      (42,577)       (30,149)
Income from unconsolidated cellular entities           20,084        15,698          6,626
Gain on sales of assets                                 6,782        15,877          1,661
Minority interest                                      (8,084)       (3,377)          (516)
Other income and expense                                4,982         3,111            625
Income tax expense                                    (68,292)      (61,300)       (37,252)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                          $ 114,776       100,238         69,004
==========================================================================================
Fully diluted earnings per share                    $    1.95          1.80           1.32
==========================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The  operating  income of the  telephone  segment  includes  the  results of
operations of Century Telephone of San Marcos, Inc. ("San Marcos") subsequent to
its  acquisition in April 1993. See Note 14 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for additional information.

    The Company's mobile communications operations reflect the operations of the
cellular entities in which the Company has a majority  interest.  For additional
information  concerning (i) the minority interest owners' share of the income of
such entities and (ii) the Company's share of earnings from cellular entities in
which it has less than a majority  interest (which is not included in the mobile
communications  segment),  see Mobile Communications  Operations.  The operating
income of the mobile  communications  segment includes the results of operations
of Celutel, Inc. ("Celutel") subsequent to its acquisition in February 1994, and
the Company's  paging  operations prior to their sale in October 1994. See Notes
11  and  14  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional
information.

    In  addition to the San Marcos and  Celutel  acquisitions,  during the three
years ended December 31, 1995 the Company has  consummated  the  acquisitions of
various, smaller, telephone and cellular operations.

    Based on its review of publicly available data, the Company believes that it
has the second highest ratio of owned cellular pops (the  population of licensed
cellular  telephone  markets  multiplied by the Company's  proportionate  equity
interests in the licensed operators thereof) to telephone access lines among the
20 largest  telephone  companies  (based on access lines) in the United  States.
Accordingly,  the Company anticipates that its mobile communications  operations
will continue to increasingly  influence the Company's overall operations as the
cellular  industry  continues to grow.  Contributions to operating  revenues and
operating income by the Company's telephone,  mobile  communications,  and other
operations  for each of the years in the  three-year  period ended  December 31,
1995 were as follows:


                                                 1995        1994      1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating revenues
   Telephone operations                          65.0%       69.3      76.9
   Mobile Communications operations              30.6%       26.7      18.6
   Other operations                               4.4%        4.0       4.5
Operating income
   Telephone operations                          70.7%       79.9      89.8
   Mobile Communications operations              28.1%       18.2       7.7
   Other operations                               1.2%        1.9       2.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


TELEPHONE OPERATIONS


Year ended December 31,                         1995       1994      1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
Operating revenues
   Local service                             $111,629    100,020    88,704
   Network access and long distance           258,462    243,759   217,055
   Other                                       49,151     47,486    44,571
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              419,242    391,265   350,330
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses
   Plant operations                            86,789     84,117    80,578
   Customer operations                         38,768     35,746    32,225
   Corporate and other                         63,834     60,235    57,450
   Depreciation and amortization               86,324     73,175    65,175
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              275,715    253,273   235,428
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                             $143,527    137,992   114,902
==========================================================================

    The Company's  telephone  operations  are  conducted in rural,  suburban and
small  urban  communities  in 14  states.  Approximately  80% of  the  Company's
telephone access lines are in Wisconsin, Louisiana, Michigan, Ohio and Arkansas.

Local Service Revenues

    Local  service  revenues  are derived from the  provision of local  exchange
telephone services in the Company's  franchised service areas. The $11.6 million
increase in such  revenues in 1995  included $4.5 million due to the increase in
the number of customer access lines, $3.0 million from increased rates for basic
services and $2.0 million due to  acquisitions.  Acquisitions  contributed  $1.2
million to the 1994 increase of $11.3 million; $4.5 million of the 1994 increase
was due to the increase in access  lines;  and $3.8 million was due to increased
rates  for  basic  services.  The  remaining  increases  in 1995 and  1994  were
primarily due to the provision of custom calling features.  Internal access line
growth during 1995, 1994 and 1993 was 4.4%, 4.1% and 3.6%, respectively.

Network Access and Long Distance Revenues

    Network  access and long  distance  revenues  primarily  relate to  services
provided to interexchange  carriers (long distance  carriers) in connection with
the  completion  of  long  distance  telephone  calls.  Most  of  the  Company's
interstate  network access revenues are received  through  pooling  arrangements
administered by the National Exchange Carrier Association ("NECA") based on cost
separation  studies.  The NECA receives access charges billed by the Company and
other participating local exchange carriers ("LECs") to interstate long distance
carriers and other LEC customers for their use of the local exchange  network to
complete long distance  calls.  These charges to the long distance  carriers and
other LEC  customers  are based on tariffed  access rates filed with the Federal
Communications Commission ("FCC") by the NECA on behalf of the Company and other
participating  LECs.  Long distance and intrastate  network access  revenues are
based  on  access  rates,   cost  separation   studies  or  special   settlement
arrangements with intrastate long distance carriers.

    Network access and long distance revenues  increased $14.7 million (6.0%) in
1995 and $26.7 million (12.3%) in 1994 due to the following factors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1995              1994
                                                              Increase          Increase
                                                             (decrease)        (decrease)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                               (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                          <C>                 <C>   

Acquisitions                                                 $ 4,821              5,734
Partial recovery of increased operating expenses through
   revenue pools in which the Company participates
   with other telephone companies and return on rate base      3,039              8,834
Increased recovery from the FCC mandated Universal
   Service Fund ("USF")                                        4,394              8,815
Increased minutes of use                                       1,440              2,409
Revision of prior year revenue settlement agreements            (500)             2,537
Other, net                                                     1,509             (1,625)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $14,703             26,704
=======================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The  change  in  other,  net in 1995 and 1994  included  reductions  of $1.7
million and $1.9  million,  respectively,  in  intrastate  high-cost  assistance
revenues as a result of the phase-out of the Wisconsin  state support fund;  the
loss of such  revenues  was  offset by an  increase  in local  rates in the same
jurisdictions.  Included in other, net in 1995 was approximately $2.5 million of
revenue associated with a change in the method used to calculate factors applied
in the network access revenue billing  process.  Included in other,  net in 1994
was a reduction of $2.3  million in certain  settlements  received  from a large
local exchange operating company by the Company's Louisiana subsidiaries.

Other Revenues

    Other  revenues  include   revenues   related  to  (i)  leasing,   selling,
installing,   maintaining  and  repairing  customer  premise  telecommunications
equipment and wiring ("CPE  services"),  (ii)  providing  billing and collection
services for interexchange  carriers,  (iii) leasing network facilities and (iv)
participating  in the  publication  of  local  directories.  Revenues  from  CPE
services and acquisitions  contributed $1.9 million and $606,000,  respectively,
to the increase in other revenues in 1995. Such increases were partially  offset
by a decrease  in billing  and  collection  revenues  of  $896,000.  Billing and
collection  revenues are expected to continue to decrease in 1996.  The increase
in other  revenues  during 1994 was primarily due to a $1.2 million  increase in
directory  advertising  revenues  and a $1.1  million  increase  in billing  and
collection revenues.

Operating Expenses

    Plant operations expenses during 1995 and 1994 increased $2.7 million (3.2%)
and $3.5  million  (4.4%),  respectively.  Operating  expenses  attributable  to
acquisitions  contributed  $1.8 million to the 1995 increase and $2.3 million to
the 1994 increase.  The remainder of the 1995 increase was due to an increase in
general  operating  expenses.  A $1.2 million  increase in  salaries,  wages and
benefits  during  1994  was  partially   offset  by  a  $531,000   reduction  in
postemployment benefit expense.

    Expenses  attributable  to  acquisitions  contributed  $2.7 million and $2.1
million,  respectively, to the 1995 increase of $6.6 million (6.9%) and the 1994
increase of $6.3 million  (7.0%) in customer  operations,  corporate,  and other
expenses.  Ad valorem taxes  increased  $1.2 million in 1995 and $1.0 million in
1994 due to the increases in plant in service.  During 1995  marketing  expenses
increased  $2.1  million.  The  remainder  of the 1994  increase  resulted  from
increases in other general operating expenses.

    Depreciation  and  amortization  increased  $13.1  million  (18.0%) and $8.0
million (12.3%) in 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Approximately $1.0 million and
$2.4  million  of the  increases  in 1995 and  1994,  respectively,  were due to
acquisitions. Depreciation expense included nonrecurring additional depreciation
charges  approved by regulators in certain  jurisdictions  which aggregated $6.5
million in 1995 and $3.3  million in 1993.  In  addition,  the Company  obtained
higher recurring  depreciation  rates for certain  subsidiaries  during 1994 and
1993. The first-year effects of the higher rates were approximately $5.6 million
in 1994 and $1.7 million in 1993. The remaining  increases in  depreciation  and
amortization  were due to  higher  levels  of plant in  service.  The  composite
depreciation rate for regulated telephone  properties,  including the additional
depreciation charges, was 7.5% for 1995 and 7.1% for 1994 and 1993.

Other

    For additional  information  regarding certain matters that have impacted or
may impact the Company's telephone operations, see Regulation and Competition.


MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Year ended December 31,                                 1995          1994           1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C> 

Operating revenues
   Cellular service                                 $ 191,953       141,325         76,583
   Equipment and other                                  5,541         9,477          8,129
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      197,494       150,802         84,712
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating expenses
   Cost of sales                                       10,235         8,978          4,273
   Other operating expenses                            25,902        22,881         15,408
   General, administrative and customer service        39,471        33,171         23,872
   Sales and marketing                                 39,450        33,074         19,894
   Depreciation and amortization                       25,427        21,255         11,359
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      140,485       119,359         74,806
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                    $  57,009        31,443          9,906
==========================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The Company's mobile communications  segment reflects 100% of the results of
operations  of the  cellular  entities  in  which  the  Company  has a  majority
interest. The minority interest owners' share of the income of such entities was
$8.1 million,  $3.4 million and $516,000 in 1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,
and is reflected as an expense in "Minority  interest."  The Company's  cellular
customers are located primarily in Louisiana, Michigan, Mississippi and Texas.

    The Company's  share of earnings from the cellular  entities in which it has
less  than  a  majority   interest   (which  is  not   included  in  the  mobile
communications  segment)  is  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  and is
reflected in "Income from unconsolidated cellular entities." The Company's share
of income  from such  entities  increased  to $20.1  million  in 1995 from $15.7
million in 1994 and $6.6 million in 1993.

Operating Revenues

    Cellular  service revenues include monthly service fees for providing access
and airtime to customers,  service fees for  providing  airtime to users roaming
through the Company's service areas and toll revenue.  Cellular service revenues
during 1995  increased to $192.0  million from $141.3  million in 1994 and $76.6
million in 1993.

    The 1995 and 1994  increases in cellular  service  revenues  were  primarily
attributable  to the  significant  increases  in  cellular  customers  resulting
principally from increased  demand,  acquisitions and expanded areas of service.
Cellular units in service in the Company's  majority-owned  markets increased to
290,075 as of December 31, 1995 from 211,710 as of December 31, 1994 and 116,484
as of December 31, 1993.  Included in the 1995 and 1994 increases were 8,931 and
31,155,  respectively,  of  units  added  through  acquisitions.   Exclusive  of
acquisitions,  access and usage revenues increased $30.8 million (30.3%) in 1995
and $27.2 million (48.3%) in 1994 and roaming and toll revenues  increased $12.9
million  (36.0%)  and  $9.8  million  (54.9%)  in 1995 and  1994,  respectively.
Cellular  entities acquired in 1995 contributed $4.0 million to cellular service
revenues. The Celutel operations increased revenues by $26.3 million in 1994.

    The average monthly cellular service revenue per customer declined to $66 in
1995 from $69 in 1994 and $71 in 1993. It has been an  industry-wide  trend that
early  subscribers  have  normally  been the  heaviest  users  and that a higher
percentage  of new  subscribers  tend to be lower usage  customers.  The average
monthly  service  revenue  per  customer  may  further  decline  (i)  as  market
penetration  increases and  additional  lower usage  customers are activated and
(ii) as competitive  pressures intensify and place additional pressure on rates.
The Company will continue to focus on customer  service and attempt to stimulate
cellular usage by promoting the availability of certain enhanced services and by
improving the quality of its service through the construction of additional cell
sites and enhancements to its system.

    Equipment and other revenues  included $2.9 million and $4.2 million in 1994
and  1993,  respectively,  of  revenues  attributable  to the  Company's  paging
operations,  which were sold in October  1994.  The  remainder of equipment  and
other revenues consisted  primarily of cellular  equipment sales.  Revenues from
the sale of cellular  phones  decreased  $1.0 million in 1995  compared to 1994.
Although the Company sold more phones in 1995 than in 1994,  revenues  decreased
because the Company has increasingly sold phones below cost, a strategy which is
common in the cellular industry.

Operating Expenses

    The increases in cost of sales during 1995 and 1994 resulted from  increases
in the number of cellular phones sold.

    Other  operating  expenses  increased $3.0 million (13.2%) in 1995 primarily
due to a $1.5 million  increase in costs paid to other  carriers  related to the
Company's  customers who roam in other carriers'  service areas in excess of the
amounts the Company bills its customers  (such costs are expected to increase as
the Company  continues  to expand its  reduced  rate  calling  areas) and a $1.5
million increase in expenses  incurred in  interconnecting  new cell sites. Such
increases were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in operating expenses
due to the sale of the Company's  paging  operations  in 1994.  The $7.5 million
increase in 1994 in other operating  expenses  included $5.8 million of expenses
of Celutel  subsequent  to its  acquisition  in  February  1994.  The  remaining
increase   in  other   operating   expenses  in  1994  was   primarily   due  to
interconnecting and operating new cell sites which were built to improve service
in several existing markets and to initiate and develop service in several rural
markets. The Company operated 277 cell sites at December 31, 1995 in entities in
which it had a majority  interest,  compared to 230 at December 31, 1994 and 158
at  December  31,  1993.  In 1995 and 1994,  24 cell  sites  and 29 cell  sites,
respectively, were added through acquisitions.

    Most of the $6.3 million  (19.0%)  increase in general,  administrative  and
customer  service expenses in 1995 was related to increased  expenses  resulting
from a larger  customer  base,  such as billing  costs ($1.4  million),  general
office  expenses  ($1.1  million),  uncollectible  accounts  ($1.2  million) and
customer  service  ($620,000).  General,  administrative  and  customer  service
expenses  increased $9.3 million  (39.0%) in 1994, $7.4 million of which was due
to the Celutel operations.  The remaining increase in 1994 was primarily related
to the increased number of customers.

    During 1995 and 1994,  sales and marketing  expenses  increased $6.4 million
(19.3%) and $13.2 million (66.3%),  respectively,  of which $3.8 million in 1995
and $8.2 million in 1994 were due to increases in commissions paid to agents for
selling  cellular  services to new customers.  The 1995 increase also included a
$1.3 million increase in the costs of sales  promotions and a $509,000  increase
in  advertising.  Costs of operating the Company's  retail stores,  the first of
which  was  opened in late  1994,  increased  $601,000  in 1995.  The  remaining
increase in 1994 was due to the Celutel operations.

    Depreciation  and  amortization  increased $4.2 million  (19.6%) in 1995 and
$9.9 million  (87.1%) in 1994 due to increases of $3.7 million and $4.9 million,
respectively,  applicable  to  higher  levels  of  cellular  plant  in  service.
Approximately  $3.8  million of the 1994  increase  was due to  amortization  of
goodwill attributable to the acquisition of Celutel.

Other

    For additional  information  regarding certain matters that have impacted or
may impact the Company's mobile  communications  operations,  see Regulation and
Competition.


OTHER OPERATIONS

    Other  operations  includes the results of operations of subsidiaries of the
Company  which  are not  included  in the  telephone  or  mobile  communications
segments,  including,  but not  limited  to, the  Company's  competitive  access
subsidiary and the Company's nonregulated long distance operations. The $988,000
decrease in operating income in 1995 was  substantially due to the loss incurred
by the Company's competitive access subsidiary in 1995 ($3.6 million) being $1.8
million  more than in 1994.  The Company  expects  such loss to be between  $6.0
million and $8.0 million in 1996.


INTEREST EXPENSE

    Interest  expense  increased  $1.0 million  (2.4%) in 1995 and $12.4 million
(41.2%) in 1994. The effect of higher average interest rates increased  interest
expense  $4.0  million in 1995.  Such  increase  was  substantially  offset by a
decrease in interest expense due to a decrease in average debt  outstanding.  In
February 1995 the Company's  $115.0  million of 6% convertible  debentures  were
converted into common stock.  In November 1995 the Company issued $150.0 million
of senior notes under its $400.0 million shelf registration statement filed with
the United States  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") in 1994. For
additional  information,   see  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  -  Financing
Activities  and  Note 5 of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The
increase  during 1994 was primarily the result of a 34% increase in average debt
outstanding,  a substantial  amount of which was incurred in connection with the
acquisition of Celutel.


INCOME FROM UNCONSOLIDATED CELLULAR ENTITIES

    Earnings from unconsolidated  cellular entities,  net of the amortization of
associated goodwill, increased $4.4 million (27.9%) during 1995 and $9.1 million
(136.9%) during 1994. The 1995 increase was net of an $800,000 reduction in such
earnings  which  resulted from a retroactive  adjustment  related to prior years
recorded by the  operator of a cellular  partnership  in which the Company  owns
less than a majority  interest.  An  increase of $2.9  million in the  Company's
share of  income  from the  partnership  interests  acquired  in the San  Marcos
acquisition in April 1993  contributed  to the 1994 increase.  The remainders of
the 1995 and 1994 increases  were due to the  improvement  in  profitability  of
cellular entities in which the Company owns less than a majority interest.


GAIN ON SALES OF ASSETS

    During  1995  the  Company   sold  its   ownership   interests   in  certain
non-strategic cellular entities which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $5.9 million
($2.0 million  after-tax;  $.03 per fully diluted share).  Sales of other assets
during 1995 resulted in a pre-tax gain of $873,000 ($567,000 after-tax; $.01 per
fully diluted share).

    The Company sold the assets  comprising a cellular system in a Rural Service
Area ("RSA") in Minnesota in 1994 and recognized a pre-tax gain of $14.7 million
($8.5 million after-tax; $.15 per fully diluted share). In addition, the Company
sold its paging  operations  in 1994 which  resulted  in a pre-tax  gain of $1.2
million ($756,000 after-tax; $.01 per fully diluted share).


MINORITY INTEREST

    The  increased   profitability   during  1995  and  1994  of  the  Company's
majority-owned  and  operated  cellular  entities  resulted  in a  corresponding
increase of $4.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively, in the expense recorded
by the Company to reflect the minority interest owners' share of the profits.


OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

    Other  income and  expense  during  1995 was $5.0  million  compared to $3.1
million during 1994 and $625,000 in 1993.  During 1995 and 1994 interest  income
increased $1.0 million and $1.5 million,  respectively,  due to interest  income
earned on a $25.0  million note  receivable  issued to Century in May 1994.  For
additional  information,   see  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  -  Investing
Activities.


INCOME TAX EXPENSE

    The effective  income tax rate was 37.3%,  37.9% and 35.1% in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. The increase in the effective rate in 1994 was primarily the
result  of (i)  amortization  of  investment  tax  credits  and  the  regulatory
liability  relating to income  taxes  remaining  relatively  stable while income
before taxes increased and (ii) the effect of an increase in the amortization of
goodwill which is not tax deductible.


ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

    The Company  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 112
("SFAS 112"), "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment  Benefits," in the first
quarter of 1994.  No  cumulative  effect of change in  accounting  principle was
required to be recorded upon adoption of SFAS 112.

    The Company will adopt Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121
("SFAS  121"),  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of," in 1996. SFAS 121 establishes  accounting
standards  for  the  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,   certain  identifiable
intangibles,  and goodwill  related to those assets to be held and used, and for
long-lived assets and certain  identifiable  intangibles to be disposed of. SFAS
121 also requires that a rate-regulated  enterprise  recognize an impairment for
the amount of costs  excluded  when a regulator  excludes  all or part of a cost
from the  enterprise's  rate  base.  The effect of  adoption  of SFAS 121 by the
Company  is  not  expected  to  materially  affect  the  Company's  consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

    The Company will also adopt Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
123 ("SFAS 123"),  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation," in 1996. SFAS 123
establishes   financial  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  stock-based
employee  compensation  plans.  The Company  currently plans, as allowed by SFAS
123, to continue to measure  compensation  cost for employee stock  compensation
plans using the method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees,"  and  will  provide  pro  forma
disclosures in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as required by
SFAS 123.


INFLATION

    The effects of  increased  costs  historically  have been  mitigated  by the
ability to recover certain costs applicable to the Company's regulated telephone
operations  through  the  rate-making  process.  As  operating  expenses  in the
nonregulated areas increase as a result of inflation, the Company, to the extent
permitted  by  competition,  recovers  the costs by  increasing  prices  for its
services and equipment.

    While the regulatory process does not consider  replacement cost of physical
plant, the Company has historically  been able to earn a return on the increased
cost of its net investment when  facilities have been replaced.  Possible future
regulatory changes may alter the Company's ability to recover increased costs in
its  regulated  operations.  For  additional  information  regarding the current
regulatory environment, see Regulation and Competition.

                         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Excluding cash used for acquisitions, the Company relies on cash provided by
operations  to provide a  substantial  portion of its cash needs.  The Company's
telephone  operations  have  historically  provided a stable source of cash flow
which  has  helped  the  Company  continue  its  long-term  program  of  capital
improvements.  Cash provided by the Company's mobile  communications  operations
has increased each year since that segment became cash-flow positive.

Operating Activities

    Net cash provided by operating activities was $215.7 million, $199.8 million
and  $166.8  million  in  1995,  1994  and  1993,  respectively.  The  Company's
accompanying  consolidated statements of cash flows identifies major differences
between net income and net cash  provided by  operating  activities  for each of
those years. For additional  information  relating to the telephone  operations,
mobile  communications  operations,  and other  operations  of the Company,  see
Results of Operations. 

Investing Activities

    Net cash used in investing activities was $227.8 million, $280.3 million and
$248.7 million during 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.  Capital  expenditures
for 1995 were $136.0 million for telephone operations,  $42.0 million for mobile
communications  operations and $18.6 million for corporate and other operations.
During 1995 the Company invested $20.0 million in exchange for a minority equity
interest  in an entity  formed  for the  purpose of  participating  in the FCC's
auction,   which  began  in  December  1995,  of  Basic  Trading  Area  Personal
Communications Services ("PCS") licenses.

    Cash used in connection  with the February 1994  acquisition  of Celutel was
$56.0 million. In connection with the corporate restructuring of an unaffiliated
local exchange  telephone  company which has been viewed from time to time as an
acquisition  candidate,  Century loaned the telephone  company's holding company
$25.0  million in May 1994.  Payments for property,  plant and equipment  during
1994 and 1993 were $200.8 million and $204.2 million, respectively.

Financing Activities

    Net cash  provided by financing  activities  was $13.5  million in 1995.  In
November 1995 the Company issued $150.0 million of senior notes under its $400.0
million shelf registration  statement (see next paragraph and Note 5 of Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements) to take  advantage of attractive  long-term
interest  rates.  The net proceeds were used to reduce the Company's  borrowings
under its credit facilities.

    Net cash  provided by  financing  activities  during 1994 and 1993 was $77.8
million and $81.9 million,  respectively.  During 1994 the Company filed a shelf
registration  statement  with  the SEC  registering  $400.0  million  of  senior
unsecured  debt  securities  under which the Company  issued  $150.0  million of
senior  notes  in May  1994.  See  Note 5 of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements. The proceeds were used to discharge the Company's indebtedness under
a $90.0 million bridge loan incurred to fund  substantially all of the Company's
cash requirements in connection with the acquisition of Celutel in February 1994
and  to  reduce  the  Company's   short-term  bank  indebtedness  under  various
floating-rate credit facilities.  In connection with the offering, in the second
quarter of 1994 Moody's upgraded  Century's senior unsecured debt rating to Baa1
and Standard & Poor's affirmed its BBB+ rating.

    The $158.0  million of notes  payable at  December  31, 1994  reflected  the
Company's  continued  utilization of borrowings  under its credit  facilities to
take advantage of favorable short-term interest rates.

Other

    Budgeted  capital  expenditures  for 1996 total $102  million for  telephone
operations, $61 million for mobile communications operations and $26 million for
corporate  and  other   operations.   The  Company   anticipates   that  capital
expenditures   in  its  telephone   operations  will  continue  to  include  the
installation  of fiber optic cable and the upgrading of its plant and equipment,
including  its  digital   switches,   to  provide  enhanced   services.   Mobile
communications  capital  expenditures  are  expected  to  continue  to  focus on
constructing  additional  cell sites  (which will provide  expanded  areas where
hand-held  cellular  phones may be used),  to enhance the  Company's  ability to
provide digital service in the future and to begin providing  digital service in
certain  markets.  Budgeted  capital  expenditures for other operations for 1996
include $19 million of capital  construction costs planned to be expended in the
Company's competitive access operations.

    The Company will continue its long-term strategy of pursuing the acquisition
of  attractive  communications  properties  in exchange for cash,  securities or
both,   and  may  require   additional   financing  in   connection   therewith.
Approximately  615,000  shares of Century  common  stock and  125,000  shares of
Century  preferred stock remain available for future issuance in connection with
acquisitions under an acquisition shelf registration statement.

    As of December 31, 1995, Century's telephone  subsidiaries had available for
use  $142.6  million  of  commitments  for  long-term  financing  from the Rural
Utilities  Service and the Company had $108.6 million of undrawn  committed bank
lines of credit. In addition, approximately $140.0 million of uncommitted credit
facilities  were available to Century at December 31, 1995. The Company also has
access to debt and equity  capital  markets,  including  its shelf  registration
statements  mentioned above. The Company has experienced no significant problems
in obtaining funds for capital expenditures or other purposes.

    Common  stockholders'  equity as a percentage  of total  capitalization  was
57.6%  and  48.4%  at  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  respectively.  If the 6%
convertible  debentures  which were converted into common stock in 1995 had been
converted into common stock at December 31, 1994, common stockholders' equity as
a percentage of total capitalization would have been 57.0%.

                           REGULATION AND COMPETITION

    Most of the Company's  telephone  operations  are regulated  extensively  by
various  state  regulatory  agencies  and by the FCC.  Primarily  as a result of
legislative,   regulatory  and  technological  changes,   competition  has  been
introduced  and  encouraged  in  the  telephone   industry  and  regulation  has
decreased; it is anticipated that these trends will continue.  While competition
is  not  new  to the  Company's  cellular  operations,  competition  from  other
providers of mobile communications services is also expected to increase.

Events Affecting the Telecommunications Industry

    The  telecommunications  industry  continues to undergo various  fundamental
regulatory,  competitive  and  technological  changes that make it impossible to
determine the form or degree of future regulation and competition  affecting the
Company's telephone and mobile communications  operations.  The FCC and a number
of state regulatory commissions have begun to reduce the regulatory oversight of
LECs.  Coincident  with this movement  toward  reduced  regulation  has been the
introduction and  encouragement of local exchange  competition by, among others,
the FCC, various state legislative and regulatory bodies and, most recently, the
United  States  Congress  (see next  paragraph).  These  changes have led to the
organization  or continued  growth of various  companies  providing  competitive
access and other services that compete with LECs' services.  Wireless  telephone
services are also expected to increasingly compete with LECs.

    In February 1996 the United States Congress  enacted the  Telecommunications
Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act"),  which  obligates  LECs to permit  competitors  to
interconnect  their  facilities  to the LEC's  network and to take various other
steps that are designed to lower barriers of entry to competitors. These include
obligating  incumbent LECs to (i) negotiate  interconnection  agreements in good
faith,  (ii)  provide  "unbundled"  access to all aspects of the LEC's  network,
(iii) offer resale of its  telecommunications  services at  wholesale  rates and
(iv) permit  competitors to collocate its physical plant on the LEC's  property,
or provide virtual collocation if physical collocation is not practicable. Under
the 1996 Act's rural telephone company exemption, all of the Company's telephone
subsidiaries will be exempt from the foregoing itemized obligations of incumbent
LECs until such time as the state regulatory  commission with  jurisdiction over
any such company  receives  notice of a bona fide  request for  interconnection,
services or network elements and such commission  determines that the request is
technically feasible, not unduly economically  burdensome and is consistent with
the  universal  service  provisions  contained  in the  1996  Act.  The 1996 Act
provides that a federal-state joint board will review existing universal service
support  mechanisms and recommend  changes to the FCC  regulations in order that
such regulations will be consistent with the universal service principles in the
1996  Act.  In  addition,  the 1996  Act  provides  that all  telecommunications
carriers  providing  interstate  services shall contribute to universal  service
support  mechanisms.  Management  believes  that the  1996  Act will  ultimately
increase  competition in its franchised  telephone  service areas,  although the
form and degree of competition  cannot be ascertained until such time as the FCC
(and, in certain instances,  state regulatory  commissions)  adopts implementing
regulations.

    The  FCC  has   allocated   additional   frequency   spectrum   for   mobile
communications  technologies  that are expected to be competitive with cellular,
including  PCS (for which the FCC began to auction  operating  licenses  in late
1994)  and  mobile  satellite  services.  The FCC has  also  authorized  certain
specialized  mobile radio service  licensees to configure their systems so as to
operate in a manner similar to cellular systems. In addition, in connection with
the well-publicized  convergence of  telecommunications,  cable, video, computer
and other  technologies,  several large  companies have announced plans to offer
products  that  would  significantly  enhance  current  communications  and data
transmission  services  and, in some  instances,  introduce  new two-way  video,
entertainment, data, consumer and other multimedia services.

    Competition  to provide  local  exchange and access  services is expected to
initially affect large urban areas to a greater extent than rural,  suburban and
small urban areas such as those in which the Company's telephone  operations are
located.   The  same  expectation  applies  to  emerging   competitive  wireless
technologies  and the development of new multimedia  services.  The Company does
not believe such competition is likely to materially affect it in the near term.
The Company further  believes that it may benefit from having the opportunity to
observe the effects of these  developments  in large urban markets.  The Company
will  continue to monitor the ongoing  changes in  regulation,  competition  and
technology   and  consider  which   developments   provide  the  most  favorable
opportunities for the Company to pursue.

Recent Events Affecting the Company

    Revenues from the USF increased  approximately $5.4 million to $41.7 million
during 1995 after  increasing  $9.7 million  during 1994.  The 1996 Act provides
that a federal-state  joint board will review existing universal service support
mechanisms  and  recommend  changes  to the  appropriate  FCC  regulations;  for
additional  information,  see Events Affecting the Telecommunications  Industry.
Earlier in 1995, the FCC sought public  comments on proposals and policy changes
relating  to  certain  federal  high-cost  assistance  mechanisms  that  provide
substantial  revenues to the Company,  including  the USF.  Although the Company
anticipates  that it may experience a reduction in its federal support  revenues
at some point in the future,  management  believes it is  premature to assess or
estimate the ultimate impact thereof.  There can be no assurance,  however, that
such impact will not be material.

    In  February  1996 the FCC  sought  public  comments  on  whether  it should
initiate a rate of return represcription proceeding for LECs that are subject to
rate of return regulation for interstate access revenues.

    During the last two years, Wisconsin,  Louisiana, Ohio, Michigan and certain
other states in which the Company  operates took legislative  and/or  regulatory
steps to further  introduce  competition into the LEC business.  A cable company
has requested  authorization  to provide local exchange  service in a portion of
the  Company's  franchised  service  area in Ohio,  and it is  anticipated  that
similar action may be taken by others in the future in the Company's  franchised
service areas.

    During 1995, the Louisiana Public Service Commission ("LPSC") culminated its
two-year  investigation into the earnings of independent  telephone companies in
Louisiana by adopting a new regulatory plan for such companies effective July 1,
1995. The plan provides that independent  telephone  companies in Louisiana will
be  regulated  on an  incentive-type  rate of return basis in a manner yet to be
determined.

    Under this plan, the Company is required to reduce its  intrastate  switched
access rates over a two-year  period to match the rates in effect for BellSouth.
The Company's access revenues were reduced  approximately  $500,000 in 1995 as a
result of this regulation and the Company  anticipates  that this directive will
reduce its access revenues by up to $4.2 million annually upon completion of the
two year phase-in.

    The plan also  establishes  a target  rate of return of  between  10.75% and
12.75%  after  giving  effect to the access  rate  reductions  described  above.
Beginning July 1, 1996,  companies  earning in excess of 12.75% will be required
to lower their prospective rate of return to 12.25%,  either by further reducing
access rates (subject to certain  limits) or taking such other actions as may be
directed  by the LPSC.  Although  the impact of this  directive  on the  Company
cannot be readily determined until the LPSC provides  additional guidance on the
operation and methodology of the plan, the Company  anticipates  that the impact
of these changes will adversely affect its results of operations and there is no
assurance  that the effect  will not be  material.  During  1995  certain of the
Company's Louisiana telephone subsidiaries,  with the LPSC's approval,  recorded
an aggregate of $6.5 million of nonrecurring  additional  depreciation  charges.
The Company anticipates that certain of its Louisiana telephone subsidiaries may
continue to take action to reduce earnings levels as a result of this plan.

    Certain long distance  carriers  continue to request that the Company reduce
intrastate  access  tariffed  rates for certain of its  telephone  subsidiaries.
There is no assurance that these requests will not result in reduced  intrastate
access revenues in the future.

    Certain  revenues  determined  under the  FCC's  cost  separation  rules are
affected by the number of access lines served by a specific  telephone  company.
During 1995 the customer base of one of the Company's telephone  subsidiaries in
Michigan  increased  above 50,000 access lines,  which resulted in a decrease in
revenues of approximately  $700,000.  An additional decrease in revenues of that
subsidiary of approximately  $500,000 is expected in 1996. In addition, in early
1996 another of the Company's telephone subsidiaries reached 50,000 access lines
and  it  is  anticipated   that  revenues  for  that  subsidiary  will  decrease
approximately $1.5 million in 1996 as a result thereof.

Other Matters

    The Company's regulated  telephone  operations are subject to the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 71 ("SFAS 71"),  "Accounting
for the  Effects of Certain  Types of  Regulation,"  under  which the Company is
required  to  account  for the  economic  effects  of the  rate-making  process,
including the  recognition  of  depreciation  of plant and equipment  over lives
approved by regulators.  The ongoing  applicability  of SFAS 71 to the Company's
regulated   telephone   operations  is  being  monitored  due  to  the  changing
regulatory,   competitive  and  legislative  environments.  When  the  regulated
operations of the Company no longer qualify for the  application of SFAS 71, the
required  accounting impact,  the amount of which has not been determined,  will
result in a material,  extraordinary,  noncash charge against earnings. See Note
12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

    The Company has certain  obligations based on federal,  state and local laws
relating to the protection of the environment.  Costs of compliance through 1995
have not been  material and the Company  currently has no reason to believe that
such costs will become material.


Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

                              Report of Management
                              --------------------
The Shareholders
Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.:

    Management  has prepared and is responsible  for the Company's  consolidated
financial statements.  The consolidated  financial statements have been prepared
in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and  necessarily
include  amounts   determined  using  our  best  judgments  and  estimates  with
consideration given to materiality.

    The Company  maintains  internal  control  systems and related  policies and
procedures designed to provide reasonable  assurance that the accounting records
accurately  reflect  business  transactions  and  that the  transactions  are in
accordance with management's authorization.  The design, monitoring and revision
of the systems of internal  control  involve,  among other things,  our judgment
with respect to the  relative  cost and  expected  benefits of specific  control
measures.  Additionally,  the Company  maintains an internal  auditing  function
which independently  evaluates the effectiveness of internal controls,  policies
and procedures and formally reports on the adequacy and effectiveness thereof.

    The Company's  consolidated  financial  statements have been audited by KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP, independent  certified public accountants,  who have expressed
their  opinion  with  respect  to the  fairness  of the  consolidated  financial
statements.  Their audit was conducted in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
auditing  standards,  which includes the consideration of the Company's internal
controls  to  the  extent  necessary  to  form  an  independent  opinion  on the
consolidated financial statements prepared by management.

    The Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors is composed of directors  who
are not officers or employees of the Company.  The Committee meets  periodically
with  the  independent  certified  public  accountants,  internal  auditors  and
management.  The  Committee  considers  the audit scope and  discusses  internal
control,  financial and reporting  matters.  Both the  independent  and internal
auditors have free access to the Committee.

/s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


                          Independent Auditors' Report
                          ----------------------------
The Board of Directors
Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.:

    We have audited the consolidated  financial  statements of Century Telephone
Enterprises,  Inc. and subsidiaries as listed in Item 14a(i). In connection with
our audits of the consolidated  financial  statements,  we also have audited the
financial  statement  schedules as listed in Item  14a(ii).  These  consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our
audits.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Century
Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994,
and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year  period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  Also in our  opinion,  the related  financial
statement  schedules,  when  considered  in relation  to the basic  consolidated
financial  statements  taken  as a  whole,  present  fairly,  in  all  material
respects, the information set forth therein.


/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

Shreveport, Louisiana
January 29, 1996


                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                             Year ended December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1995          1994           1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands,
                                                            except per share amounts)

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>

OPERATING REVENUES
   Telephone                                         $419,242       391,265        350,330
   Mobile Communications                              197,494       150,802         84,712
   Other                                               28,104        22,534         20,633
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total operating revenues                        644,840       564,601        455,675
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING EXPENSES
   Cost of sales and operating expenses               328,151       296,082        250,092
   Depreciation and amortization                      113,770        95,713         77,574
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total operating expenses                        441,921       391,795        327,666
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING INCOME                                      202,919       172,806        128,009
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   Interest expense                                   (43,615)      (42,577)       (30,149)
   Income from unconsolidated cellular entities        20,084        15,698          6,626
   Gain on sales of assets                              6,782        15,877          1,661
   Minority interest                                   (8,084)       (3,377)          (516)
   Other income and expense                             4,982         3,111            625
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total other income (expense)                    (19,851)      (11,268)       (21,753)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                            183,068       161,538        106,256
   Income tax expense                                  68,292        61,300         37,252
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET INCOME                                           $114,776       100,238         69,004
==========================================================================================

PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE                           $   1.97          1.88           1.35
==========================================================================================

FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE                     $   1.95          1.80           1.32
==========================================================================================

DIVIDENDS PER COMMON SHARE                           $    .33           .32            .31
==========================================================================================

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995              1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                                            <C>               <C>  
  
                                         ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents                                   $    8,540            7,154
  Accounts receivable
    Customers, less allowance of $2,768 and $2,360                50,943           40,824
    Other                                                         24,219           23,180
  Materials and supplies, at average cost                          6,608            7,090
  Other                                                            5,019            2,980
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total current assets                                        95,329           81,228
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT                              1,047,808          947,131
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS
  Excess cost of net assets acquired, less accumulated
    amortization of $52,944 and $40,756                          493,655          441,436
  Other                                                          225,629          173,458
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total investments and other assets                         719,284          614,894
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL ASSETS                                                 $ 1,862,421        1,643,253
=========================================================================================

                                 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Current maturities of long-term debt                       $    15,325           12,718
  Notes payable                                                   14,199          158,000
  Accounts payable                                                55,329           52,331
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    Salaries and benefits                                         18,178           17,884
    Taxes                                                         12,489           16,530
    Interest                                                       6,024            8,243
    Other                                                          5,337            9,237
  Advance billings and customer deposits                          13,043           11,725
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total current liabilities                                  139,924          286,668
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LONG-TERM DEBT                                                   622,904          518,603
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES                           211,169          187,746
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 175,000,000
    shares, issued and outstanding 59,113,670
    and 53,574,361 shares                                         59,114           53,574
  Paid-in capital                                                453,584          319,235
  Retained earnings                                              387,424          291,999
  Unearned ESOP shares                                           (13,960)         (16,840)
  Preferred stock - non-redeemable                                 2,262            2,268
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total stockholders' equity                                 888,424          650,236
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                                 $ 1,862,421        1,643,253
=========================================================================================

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                 CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              Year ended December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1995         1994         1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>         <C>  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income                                            $114,776      100,238      69,004
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                      113,770       95,713      77,574
      Income from unconsolidated cellular entities       (20,084)     (15,698)     (6,626)
      Minority interest                                    8,084        3,377         516
      Deferred income taxes                                9,563        7,423       6,781
      Gain on sales of assets                             (6,782)     (15,877)     (1,661)
      Changes in current assets and current liabilities:
        Increase in accounts receivable                   (8,949)      (1,581)     (7,026)
        Increase (decrease) in accounts payable            2,656       (2,383)     11,024
        Increase (decrease) in other accrued taxes        (4,134)       8,347      (1,476)
        Changes in other current assets and other
         current liabilities, net                         (4,413)       6,543       2,135
      Increase in other noncurrent liabilities             5,754        4,092       8,020
      Other, net                                           5,497        9,610       8,489
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net cash provided by operating activities        215,738      199,804     166,754
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Payments for property, plant and equipment            (196,592)    (200,776)   (204,229)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                     (22,130)     (55,979)    (37,116)
  Investment in unconsolidated personal
    communications services entity                       (20,000)           -           -
  Note receivable                                            833      (25,000)          -
  Investments in unconsolidated cellular entities         (8,013)      (5,516)     (3,605)
  Distributions from unconsolidated cellular entities      4,957        5,969       1,587
  Proceeds from sales of assets                           19,953       10,475           -
  Purchase of life insurance investment                   (6,418)      (7,664)     (7,670)
  Other, net                                                (396)      (1,764)      2,361
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net cash used in investing activities           (227,806)    (280,255)   (248,672)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt               203,987      155,427      35,847
  Payments of long-term debt                             (18,377)     (59,792)    (32,564)
  Notes payable to banks, net                           (158,000)      (7,700)     88,285
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                   6,522        4,814       3,529
  Cash dividends                                         (19,351)     (17,184)    (15,735)
  Other, net                                              (1,327)       2,263       2,562
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net cash provided by financing activities         13,454       77,828      81,924
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
  CASH EQUIVALENTS                                         1,386       (2,623)          6
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
  BEGINNING OF YEAR                                        7,154        9,777       9,771
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                $  8,540        7,154       9,777
=========================================================================================

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>




                                 CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           Preferred
                                                       Total                                                 Stock
  Common                                               Stock-                                     Unearned    Non-
  Shares                                              holders'    Common    Paid-in    Retained     ESOP    redeem-
Outstanding                                            Equity     Stock     Capital    Earnings    Shares     able
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
<S>         <C>                                       <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>

48,896,876  BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1992               $ 385,449    48,897    191,522    155,676   (11,100)     454
         -  Net income                                   69,004       -        -         69,004         -        -
            Issuance of common stock through
              dividend reinvestment, incentive
   214,954    and benefit plans                           3,529       215      3,314          -         -        -
 2,182,875  Issuance of common stock for acquisitions    68,172     2,183     65,989          -         -        -
            Amortization of unearned compensation
         -    and other                                   1,469         -      1,469          -         -        -
         -  Release of ESOP shares                        1,880         -          -          -     1,880        -
         -  Common stock dividends - $.31 per share     (15,703)        -          -    (15,703)        -        -
         -  Preferred stock dividends                       (32)        -          -        (32)        -        -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51,294,705  BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1993                 513,768    51,295    262,294    208,945    (9,220)     454
         -  Net income                                  100,238         -          -    100,238         -        -
            Issuance of common stock through
              dividend reinvestment, incentive
   276,657    and benefit plans                           4,814       277      4,537          -         -        -
         -  Issuance of preferred stock for acquisition   1,875         -          -          -         -    1,875
 2,000,578  Issuance of common stock for acquisitions    52,311     2,000     50,311          -         -        -
            Conversion of preferred stock into
     2,421    common stock                                    -         2         59          -         -      (61)
            Amortization of unearned compensation
         -    and other                                   2,034         -      2,034          -         -        -
         -  Release of ESOP shares                        2,380         -          -          -     2,380        -
         -  Commitment to ESOP                          (10,000)        -          -          -   (10,000)       -
         -  Common stock dividends  - $.32 per share    (17,084)        -          -    (17,084)        -        -
         -  Preferred stock dividends                      (100)        -          -       (100)        -        -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53,574,361  BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1994                 650,236    53,574    319,235    291,999   (16,840)   2,268
         -  Net income                                  114,776         -          -    114,776         -        -
            Issuance of common stock through
              dividend reinvestment, incentive
   421,545    and benefit plans                           6,522       422      6,100          -         -        -
   577,330  Issuance of common stock for acquisition     16,558       577     15,981          -         -        -
            Conversion of preferred stock
       382    into common stock                               -         1          5          -         -       (6)
            Conversion of debentures
 4,540,052    into common stock                         113,136     4,540    108,596          -         -        -
            Amortization of unearned compensation
         -    and other                                   3,667         -      3,667          -         -        -
         -  Release of ESOP shares                        2,880         -          -          -     2,880        -
         -  Common stock dividends - $.33 per share     (19,228)        -          -    (19,228)        -        -
         -  Preferred stock dividends                      (123)        -          -       (123)        -        -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

59,113,670  BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1995               $ 888,424    59,114    453,584    387,424   (13,960)   2,262
==================================================================================================================


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                December 31, 1995


(1)     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of consolidation - The consolidated  financial  statements of Century
Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  include  the
accounts  of  Century   Telephone   Enterprises,   Inc.   ("Century")   and  its
majority-owned subsidiaries and partnerships.  The Company's regulated telephone
operations  are subject to the  provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 71,  "Accounting  for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation."
Investments  in  cellular  entities  where the  Company  does not own a majority
interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect (i) the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and (ii) the reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue  recognition  - Revenues  are  recognized  when  earned.  Certain of the
Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  participate  in  revenue  pools  with  other
telephone  companies for interstate revenue and for certain intrastate  revenue.
Such  pools are  funded by toll  revenue  and/or  access  charges  within  state
jurisdictions  and by access charges in the interstate  market.  Revenues earned
through  the various  pooling  processes  are  initially  recorded  based on the
Company's estimates.

Property,  plant and  equipment -  Telephone  plant is stated  substantially  at
original cost of  construction.  Normal  retirements  of telephone  property are
charged against accumulated depreciation,  along with the costs of removal, less
salvage, with no gain or loss recognized.  Renewals and betterments of plant and
equipment are capitalized while repairs, as well as renewals of minor items, are
charged to operating expense.  Depreciation of telephone  properties is provided
on the straight line method,  using class or overall  group rates  acceptable to
the regulatory authorities; such rates range from 2.2% to 25%.

    Non-telephone  property is stated at cost and, when sold or retired,  a gain
or loss is recognized. Depreciation of such property is provided on the straight
line method over estimated service lives ranging from three to 30 years.

Excess cost of net assets  acquired - The excess cost of net assets  acquired of
substantially  all of the  Company's  acquisitions  accounted  for as  purchases
(goodwill) is being  amortized over forty years.  The carrying value of goodwill
is reviewed for impairment at least  annually,  or whenever events or changes in
circumstances  indicate  that such  carrying  value may not be  recoverable,  by
assessing  the   recoverability   of  such  carrying  value  through   estimated
undiscounted future net cash flows.

Affiliated  transactions  - Certain  service  subsidiaries  of  Century  provide
installation and maintenance services,  materials and supplies,  and managerial,
technical and accounting services to subsidiaries. In addition, Century provides
and bills  management  services to subsidiaries  and in certain  instances makes
interest  bearing  advances to finance  construction  of plant and  purchases of
equipment.   These   transactions  are  recorded  by  the  Company's   telephone
subsidiaries  at their cost to the extent  permitted by regulatory  authorities.
Intercompany  profit on transactions  with regulated  affiliates is limited to a
reasonable  return on investment and has not been  eliminated in connection with
consolidating  the  results  of  operations  of  Century  and its  subsidiaries.
Intercompany  profit  on  transactions  with  nonregulated  affiliates  has been
eliminated.

Income taxes - Century files a  consolidated  federal income tax return with its
eligible  subsidiaries.  The  Company  uses the  asset and  liability  method of
accounting for income taxes under which deferred tax assets and  liabilities are
established for the future tax consequences  attributable to differences between
the financial  statement  carrying  amounts of assets and  liabilities and their
respective  tax bases.  Investment tax credits  related to telephone  plant have
been  deferred  and are being  amortized  as a reduction  of federal  income tax
expense  over the  estimated  useful  lives  of the  assets  giving  rise to the
credits.

Earnings per share - Primary  earnings per share  amounts are  determined on the
basis  of the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and  common  stock
equivalents  outstanding  during the year. The weighted average number of shares
used in computing  primary  earnings  per share was 58.1  million in 1995,  53.4
million in 1994, and 51.2 million in 1993.

    Fully diluted  earnings per share amounts give further effect to convertible
securities,  primarily  Century's  convertible  debentures  (all of  which  were
converted  into common stock in 1995),  which are not common stock  equivalents.
The weighted  average number of shares used in computing fully diluted  earnings
per share was 59.1  million,  58.1  million and 55.9  million in 1995,  1994 and
1993, respectively.

Cash equivalents - The Company considers short-term  investments with a maturity
at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Reclassifications  - Certain  amounts  previously  reported for prior years have
been  reclassified  to conform  with the 1995  presentation,  including  (i) the
results of operations of  subsidiaries  of the Company which are not included in
telephone  or  mobile  communications   operations  have  been  reclassified  to
operating  income  from other  income and  expense  and (ii) the  provision  for
uncollectible  accounts  in  the  Company's  telephone  operations,   previously
reflected as a reduction in other revenues, has been reclassified as an expense.

(2)     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

    Net property, plant and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was composed
of the following:


December 31,                                   1995                1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Dollars in thousands)

Telephone, at original cost
    Cable and wire                          $  661,429           580,012
    Central office                             357,359           310,684
    General support                             99,145            91,722
    Information origination/termination         24,394            21,478
    Construction in progress                    59,859            67,244
    Other                                        5,161             5,356
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1,207,347         1,076,496
    Accumulated depreciation                  (357,633)         (295,255)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               849,714           781,241
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mobile Communications, at cost
    Cell site                                  140,462           104,553
    General support                             33,651            34,235
    Construction in progress                    16,162            12,602
    Other                                        1,319               915
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               191,594           152,305
    Accumulated depreciation                   (54,927)          (38,552)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               136,667           113,753
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate and other, at cost
    General support                             86,149            81,932
    Other                                       14,464             3,474
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               100,613            85,406
    Accumulated depreciation                   (39,186)          (33,269)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                61,427            52,137
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net property, plant and equipment           $1,047,808           947,131
========================================================================

    Depreciation expense was $102.1 million,  $84.8 million and $70.7 million in
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The composite depreciation rate for telephone
properties was 7.5% for 1995 and 7.1% for 1994 and 1993.

(3)     INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS

    Investments  and other assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994 were composed of
the following:


December 31,                                                 1995       1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)

Excess cost of net assets acquired, less 
   accumulated amortization                              $  493,655    441,436
Investments in unconsolidated cellular entities              83,552     59,360
Cash surrender value of life insurance contracts, net        54,697     47,637
Note receivable, less current portion                        22,500     24,167
Investment in unconsolidated personal communications
   services entity, at cost                                  20,000          -
Marketable equity securities                                  8,478      8,478
Other                                                        36,402     33,816
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         $  719,284    614,894
==============================================================================

    Goodwill  amortization of $11.4 million,  $10.6 million and $6.2 million for
1995,  1994  and  1993,   respectively,   is  included  in   "Depreciation   and
amortization."

    In 1995 the Company invested $20.0 million in exchange for a minority equity
interest  in an  entity  formed  to  participate  in the  Federal  Communication
Commission's  auction of Basic  Trading Area  Personal  Communications  Services
licenses.

    In 1994 Century  loaned an  unaffiliated  telephone  holding  company  $25.0
million.  The loan bears interest at prime plus 1.5%; interest is due quarterly.
Quarterly principal payments began in August 1995 and the unpaid balance becomes
due in May 1998.  Century received a security  interest in the holding company's
capital stock, a guaranty from such company's  principal  stockholder  and first
refusal  rights  to  acquire   certain   properties   under  various   specified
circumstances.

(4)     INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED CELLULAR ENTITIES

    The Company's share of earnings from cellular  entities in which it does not
own a majority  interest was $21.4  million,  $16.9  million and $7.6 million in
1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively,  and is included,  net of $1.3 million, $1.2
million  and  $966,000  of  amortization   of  goodwill   attributable  to  such
investments, in "Income from unconsolidated cellular entities."

    Over  77% of the 1995  income  from  unconsolidated  cellular  entities  was
attributable to the following investments.

                                                            Ownership interest
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GTE Mobilnet of Austin Limited Partnership                           35%
Alltel Cellular Associates of Arkansas Limited Partnership           36%
Lafayette MSA Limited Partnership                                    49%
Detroit SMSA Limited Partnership                                      3%
New Mexico 4 - Santa Fe RSA West Limited Partnership                 36%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The following  summarizes the unaudited  combined  assets,  liabilities  and
equity,  and the  unaudited  combined  results of  operations,  of the  cellular
entities in which the  Company's  investments  are  accounted  for by the equity
method.


December 31,                                   1995                      1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                                        (unaudited)
Assets
   Current assets                           $204,222                    76,191
   Property and other noncurrent assets      487,073                   277,269
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $691,295                   353,460
==============================================================================

Liabilities and equity
   Current liabilities                      $ 79,085                    48,144
   Noncurrent liabilities                      6,922                    11,080
   Equity                                    605,288                   294,236
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $691,295                   353,460
==============================================================================


Year ended December 31,                        1995         1994         1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                                         (unaudited)
Results of operations
   Revenues                                 $743,779     329,907       236,230
   Operating income                         $266,355      93,512        52,742
   Net income                               $268,967      92,446        53,607
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consolidated  retained  earnings  at  December  31,  1995 which  represented
undistributed earnings of unconsolidated cellular entities was $30.4 million.

(5)     LONG-TERM DEBT

December 31,                                                1995        1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
Century
   6.0% convertible debentures                           $      -     115,000
   8.25% senior notes, series B, due 2024                 100,000     100,000
   7.2% senior notes, series D, due 2025                  100,000           -
   9.4%* senior notes, due through 2004                    60,400      65,000
   7.75% senior notes, series A, due 2004                  50,000      50,000
   6.55% senior notes, series C, due 2005                  50,000           -
   6.07%* notes payable to banks, due 2000                 22,500           -
   7.2%* Employee Stock Ownership Plan commitment,
     due in installments through 2004                      13,960      16,840
   10.5%* notes, due in installments through 2006             674         975
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total Century                                    397,534     347,815
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subsidiaries
   First mortgage debt
     5.9%* notes, payable to agencies of the United 
       States government and cooperative lending 
       associations, due in installments through 2026     202,037     166,175
     6.8%* bonds, due in installments through 2002          4,760       7,094
   Other debt
     6.5%  note, due in installments through 2001          13,714           -
     7.4%* notes, due in installments through 2020         19,164       8,632
     8.1%* capital lease obligations, due in 
       installments through 1998                            1,020       1,605
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total subsidiaries                               240,695     183,506
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt                                      638,229     531,321
Less current maturities                                    15,325      12,718
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities             $622,904     518,603
=============================================================================
* weighted average interest rate at December 31, 1995

    The approximate annual debt maturities (including sinking fund requirements)
for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1995 are as follows:  1996 - $15.3
million;  1997 - $18.4 million;  1998 - $16.3 million; 1999 - $15.9 million; and
2000 - $69.8 million.

    In  January  1995  Century  called  for  redemption  its  $115.0  million of
outstanding  6% convertible  debentures  due 2007.  All of the  debentures  were
converted into Century common stock by the debenture holders in February 1995 at
a  conversion  price of $25.33 per share.  If Century  had issued  common  stock
instead  of the  debentures,  primary  earnings  per share  for the years  ended
December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993  would  have been  $1.95,  $1.81 and  $1.32,
respectively.

    During the fourth quarter of 1995,  Century issued $50.0 million of 10-year,
6.55% senior notes and $100.0  million of 30-year,  7.20% senior notes under the
$400.0 million shelf registration  statement that Century filed during the first
quarter  of  1994.  The  proceeds  were  used  to  reduce  Century's  short-term
indebtedness  under  various  credit  facilities.   Interest  payments  are  due
semi-annually  and principal  payments are due in 2005 and 2025 upon maturity of
the 10-year and 30-year notes,  respectively.  The 30-year notes may be redeemed
by Century at any time  subject to  certain  "make-whole"  provisions  contained
therein.

    In May 1994 Century issued $50.0 million of 10-year,  7.75% senior notes and
$100.0  million of 30-year,  8.25% senior notes under the $400.0  million  shelf
registration statement filed during the first quarter of 1994. The proceeds were
used to reduce certain of the Company's  short-term bank indebtedness.  Interest
payments are due semi-annually  and principal  payments are due in 2004 and 2024
upon maturity of the 10-year and 30-year notes, respectively.  The 30-year notes
may be redeemed by Century on or after May 1, 2004 subject to a premium schedule
which declines from 103.62% as of May 1, 2004 to 100% as of May 1, 2014.

    Certain of the Company's loan agreements contain various restrictions, among
which are limitations  regarding  issuance of additional  debt,  payment of cash
dividends,  reacquisition of the Company's  capital stock and other matters.  At
December 31, 1995, all of the consolidated  retained  earnings  reflected on the
balance sheet was available for the declaration of dividends.

    The transfer of funds from certain  consolidated  subsidiaries to Century is
restricted  by  various  loan  agreements.  Subsidiaries  which  have loans from
government agencies and cooperative lending  associations,  or have issued first
mortgage bonds,  generally may not loan or advance any funds to Century, but may
pay  dividends  if certain  financial  ratios are met.  At  December  31,  1995,
restricted  net  assets  of  subsidiaries  were  $253.8  million.  Subsidiaries'
retained  earnings in excess of amounts  restricted  by debt  covenants  totaled
$412.0 million.

    Most of the Company's telephone property,  plant and equipment is pledged to
secure the long-term debt of subsidiaries.

    At  December  31,  1994,  Century  had in  place  certain  long-term  credit
facilities  under which the  borrowings as of December 31, 1994 were included in
"Notes payable" on the accompanying balance sheet. The weighted average interest
rate for notes payable was 6.5% as of December 31, 1994.

    Short-term  borrowings  of $22.5  million at December 31,  1995,  along with
$30.0 million of debt becoming due in 1996, were classified as long-term debt on
the  accompanying  balance  sheet as the Company had  available  an aggregate of
$145.0  million in its two  long-term  revolving  credit  facilities  amended or
entered  into in 1995.  The  Company  intends to  refinance  such debt using the
facilities,  both of which are multi-year agreements which expire in August 2000
and contain a variety of pricing options including competitive bid options.

    Century's  telephone   subsidiaries  had  approximately  $142.6  million  in
commitments for long-term  financing from the Rural Utilities  Service available
at December 31, 1995. Approximately $248.6 million of additional borrowings,  of
which $140.0 million were under  uncommitted  facilities,  were available to the
Company  through lines of credit with various  banks.  In addition,  Century had
$100.0  million  of  senior  unsecured  debt  securities  under  the 1994  shelf
registration statement which had not been issued.

(6)     STOCK OPTION PROGRAM

    Century  currently  has an incentive  compensation  program which allows the
Board of Directors,  through the Compensation  Committee, to grant incentives to
employees in any one or a combination of the following  forms:  incentive  stock
options and non-qualified stock options;  stock appreciation rights;  restricted
stock; and performance shares.

    Stock option transactions during 1993, 1994 and 1995 were as follows:


                                               Number          Average
                                             of options         price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1992                 2,432,869       $ 20.72
    Exercised                                   (51,120)         9.90
- -------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1993                 2,381,749         20.96
    Exercised                                  (139,282)        11.10
    Granted at market price                      31,000         26.25
- -------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1994                 2,273,467         21.63
    Exercised                                  (272,300)        10.12
    Granted above market price                  634,031         36.15
- -------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1995                 2,635,198         25.46
=======================================================

Exercisable December 31, 1994                 2,143,873         21.57
- -------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable December 31, 1995                 2,604,198         26.32
=======================================================

    All of the options expire ten years after the date of grant.  As of December
31, 1995,  Century has reserved 4.0 million  shares of common stock which may be
issued under the incentive compensation program.

    The Company will adopt Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation," in 1996. The Company currently plans
to continue to measure  compensation cost for employee stock  compensation plans
using the method  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."

(7)     DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

    Deferred  credits and other  liabilities  at December 31, 1995 and 1994 were
composed of the following:


December 31,                                      1995              1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)

Deferred federal and state income taxes        $ 93,118            73,966
Accrued postretirement benefit costs             44,513            41,126
Regulatory liability - income taxes              27,027            31,278
Minority interest                                29,354            22,585
Deferred investment tax credits                   6,026             8,175
Other                                            11,131            10,616
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $211,169           187,746
=========================================================================

(8)     INCOME TAXES

    Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993 was
allocated as follows:


Year ended December 31,                                 1995     1994     1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)

Net tax expense in the consolidated 
   statements of income                            $ 68,292    61,300   37,252
Stockholders' equity, primarily for compensation
   expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts
   recognized for financial reporting purposes       (2,354)   (1,243)    (800)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $ 65,938    60,057   36,452
===============================================================================

    The tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that gave rise to  significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
1995 and 1994 were as follows:


December 31,                                          1995             1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

Deferred tax assets:
   Postretirement benefit costs                  $   15,314           12,908
   Net operating loss carryforwards of an
     acquired subsidiary                              9,234           10,283
   Regulatory liability                               9,460           10,948
   Deferred compensation                              2,659            2,676
   Deferred investment tax credits                    1,918            2,658
   Other employee benefits                            4,673            4,205
   Other                                              3,227            2,556
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total gross deferred tax assets                46,485           46,234
      Less valuation allowance                       (9,234)         (10,283)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net deferred tax assets                        37,251           35,951
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deferred tax liabilities:
   Property, plant and equipment, primarily
      due to depreciation differences              (117,095)         (97,073)
   Intercompany profits                              (3,787)          (3,497)
   Other                                             (9,487)          (9,347)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities         (130,369)        (109,917)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax liability                       $  (93,118)         (73,966)
============================================================================

    As a result of the acquisition of Celutel,  Inc.  ("Celutel")  (see Note 14)
the  Company  had  $26.4  million  and  $29.4  million  of  net  operating  loss
carryforwards  at December  31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,  which  related to
various entities acquired.  The yearly utilization of such loss carryforwards is
limited to separate entity taxable income;  the loss  carryforwards  are further
limited by certain  Internal Revenue Code  regulations.  During 1995 the Company
utilized $3.0 million of such losses;  the related tax benefits  reduced  excess
cost of net assets acquired.  Subsequently recognized tax benefits applicable to
the net  operating  loss  carryforwards  will  reduce  excess cost of net assets
acquired. The net operating loss carryforwards expire between 2002 and 2008.

    Income tax expense was as follows:


Year ended December 31,                    1995       1994       1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (Dollars in thousands)

Federal
    Current                              $53,554     47,969     26,409
    Deferred                               9,021      5,703      6,133
State
    Current                                5,175      5,908      4,062
    Deferred                                 542      1,720        648
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         $68,292     61,300     37,252
======================================================================

    The following is a reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate
to the Company's effective income tax rate:

Year ended December 31,                          1995       1994      1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (Percentage of
                                                       pre-tax income)


Statutory federal income tax rate                35.0%      35.0      35.0
State income taxes, net of federal 
  income tax benefit                              2.0        3.0       2.9
Amortization of nondeductible excess
  cost of net assets acquired                     1.8        2.1       1.2
Amortization of investment tax credits           (1.3)      (1.4)     (2.0)
Amortization of regulatory liability             (1.0)      (1.2)     (1.8)
Other, net                                         .8         .4       (.2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective income tax rate                        37.3%      37.9      35.1
==========================================================================

(9)     POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

    The  Company  sponsors  defined  benefit  health  care  plans  that  provide
postretirement  medical,  life and dental benefits to substantially  all retired
full-time employees.

    Net periodic  postretirement  benefit cost for 1995,  1994 and 1993 included
the following components:


Year ended December 31,                           1995       1994       1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)

Service cost                                    $1,769      2,007       1,640
Interest cost                                    3,972      3,473       3,008
Amortization of unrecognized 
  actuarial losses (gains)                         (50)       447         365
Amortization of unrecognized 
  prior service cost                               121        121          86
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost        $5,812      6,048       5,099
=============================================================================

    The following  table sets forth the amounts  recognized as  liabilities  for
postretirement benefits in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at December
31, 1995 and 1994.


December 31,                                             1995           1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
   Retirees and retirees' dependents                 $  26,185         19,079
   Fully eligible active plan participants               9,972          8,300
   Other active plan participants                       23,971         16,430
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation           60,128         43,809
Plan assets                                                  -              -
Unrecognized prior service cost                         (1,424)        (1,546)
Unrecognized net gain (loss)                           (12,881)           173
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued postretirement benefit costs                 $  45,823         42,436
=============================================================================

    For  calculation  purposes,  a 7% health  care cost rate was assumed for the
first two years;  the rate was  assumed to  decrease  to 6%  thereafter.  If the
assumed health care cost trend rate had been  increased by one percentage  point
in each year, the accumulated  postretirement  benefit obligation as of December
31, 1995 would have increased  $5.3 million and the net periodic  postretirement
benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 1995 would have increased $405,000.

    The  discount  rates  used in  determining  the  accumulated  postretirement
benefit  obligation  as of  December  31,  1995 and 1994  were  7.25%  and 8.5%,
respectively.

    In the first  quarter of 1994 the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting   Standards  No.  112  ("SFAS  112"),   "Employers'   Accounting  for
Postemployment   Benefits."  Liabilities  for  postemployment  benefits  in  the
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1993 were not materially different
than those required by SFAS 112;  therefore,  no cumulative  effect of change in
accounting principle was recorded upon adoption of SFAS 112.

(10)    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common  stock - At December 31, 1995,  unissued  shares of Century  common stock
were reserved as follows:

December 31,                                            1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (In thousands)
Stock option plans                                     4,001
Acquisitions                                           1,178
Employee stock purchase plan                             506
Dividend reinvestment plan                               166
Conversion of convertible preferred stock                193
Other employee benefit plans                           1,238
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       7,282
================================================================

    Under  Century's  Articles  of  Incorporation  each  share of  common  stock
beneficially  owned continuously by the same person since May 30, 1987 generally
entitles the holder thereof to ten votes per share. All other shares entitle the
holder to one vote per share. At December 31, 1995, 8.1 million shares of common
stock were entitled to ten votes per share.

Preferred  stock - As of December  31, 1995,  Century had 2.0 million  shares of
preferred stock, $25 par value per share,  authorized.  At December 31, 1995 and
1994 there were 90,467 and 90,707 shares, respectively, of outstanding preferred
stock. Holders of currently  outstanding Century preferred stock are entitled to
(i) receive cumulative dividends, (ii) receive preferential  distributions equal
to $25 per share plus unpaid dividends upon Century's liquidation and (iii) vote
as a single class with the holders of common stock.

Shareholders'  Rights Plan - In 1986 the Board of Directors  declared a dividend
of one preferred stock purchase right for each common share  outstanding or that
shall become outstanding prior to November 26, 1996. With certain exceptions, if
a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of Century common
shares or  commences a tender or exchange  offer which upon  consummation  would
result in  ownership  of 30% or more of the  common  shares,  each right held by
shareholders, other than such person or group, may be exercised to buy (i) eight
twenty-sevenths   of  one   one-hundredth   of  a  share  of  Series  AA  Junior
Participating Preferred Stock of Century at a price of $85 per one one-hundredth
of a share or (ii) in lieu thereof, subject to certain restrictions,  the number
of shares of Century  common stock having a market value equal to two times such
purchase price. The rights, which do not have voting rights,  expire on November
27, 1996 and may be redeemed by Century at a price of $.05 per right at any time
before  they  become  exercisable.  If, at any time the rights are  exercisable,
Century is a party to a merger or other  business  combination  or certain other
transactions  occur,  each right will  entitle  its  holder to  purchase  at the
exercise  price of the right a number of shares of common stock of the surviving
company having a fair market value of two times the exercise price of the right.
At December 31, 1995, 167,000 shares of Series AA Junior Participating Preferred
Stock were reserved for issuance under the Rights Plan.

(11)    SALES OF ASSETS

    In the  first  quarter  of  1995  the  Company  sold,  for an  aggregate  of
approximately   $17.9   million  cash,   its  ownership   interests  in  certain
non-strategic cellular Rural Service Areas ("RSAs") located primarily in western
states and three Metropolitan  Statistical Areas ("MSAs") in the midwest.  These
transactions   resulted  in  a  pre-tax  gain  of  $5.9  million  ($2.0  million
after-tax).  During the fourth  quarter of 1995, the Company sold certain assets
of one of its  subsidiaries for $2.0 million which resulted in a pre-tax gain of
$873,000 ($567,000 after-tax).

    In 1994 the Company sold the assets  comprising  an RSA  cellular  system in
Minnesota;  the Company received (i) the assets of the Pine Bluff,  Arkansas MSA
wireline  cellular system and (ii) $10.5 million cash. The transaction  resulted
in a pre-tax gain of $14.7 million ($8.5  million  after-tax).  The Company also
sold the assets of its paging  operations  during 1994 and  recognized a gain of
$1.2 million ($756,000 after-tax).

    During 1993 the Company sold a minority  investment  in a telephone  company
which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $1.7 million ($1.1 million after-tax).

(12)    ACCOUNTING FOR THE EFFECTS OF REGULATION

    The Company's regulated  telephone  operations are subject to the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 71 ("SFAS 71"),  "Accounting
for the Effects of Certain  Types of  Regulation."  Actions of a  regulator  can
provide reasonable  assurance of the existence of an asset,  reduce or eliminate
the value of an asset and impose a liability on a regulated enterprise.  SFAS 71
requires  that,  if a conflict  exists  between the  application  of SFAS 71 and
another  authoritative  pronouncement,  SFAS 71 is to be followed  because other
authoritative  pronouncements  do  not  consider  the  economic  effects  of the
rate-making process. Therefore, regulatory assets and liabilities established by
the  actions of a  regulator  are  required to be  recorded,  and,  accordingly,
reflected in the balance sheet of an entity subject to SFAS 71.

    The  Company's  consolidated  balance sheet as of December 31, 1995 included
regulatory  assets of approximately  $8.7 million and regulatory  liabilities of
approximately $27.0 million exclusive of (i) property, plant and equipment, (ii)
accumulated depreciation and (iii) deferred income taxes and deferred investment
tax credits associated with regulatory assets and liabilities.  The $8.7 million
of regulatory assets included assets established in connection with the adoption
of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 106, "Employers  Accounting
for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" ($2.1 million) and Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109 ("SFAS 109"),  "Accounting  For Income
Taxes"  ($3.2  million),   extraordinary  retirements  ($305,000),   compensated
absences  ($401,000)  and deferred  financing  costs ($2.7  million).  The $27.0
million  of  regulatory  liabilities  was  established  in  connection  with the
adoption of SFAS 109. Net deferred  income tax assets  related to the regulatory
assets and liabilities quantified above were $7.4 million.

    Property,   plant  and  equipment  of  the  Company's   regulated  telephone
operations has been  depreciated  using  generally the straight line method over
lives approved by regulators. Such depreciable lives have generally exceeded the
depreciable lives used by nonregulated entities. In addition, in accordance with
regulatory  accounting,  retirements of regulated  telephone  property have been
charged  to  accumulated  depreciation,  along with the costs of  removal,  less
salvage,  with no gain or loss recognized.  These regulatory accounting policies
have resulted in accumulated  depreciation being  significantly less than if the
Company's telephone operations had not been regulated.

    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 101 ("SFAS 101"), "Regulated
Enterprises  Accounting for the  Discontinuance of Application of FASB Statement
No. 71," specifies the accounting required when an enterprise ceases to meet the
criteria for  application  of SFAS 71. SFAS 101 requires the  elimination of the
effects of any actions of  regulators  that have been  recognized  as assets and
liabilities  in  accordance  with SFAS 71 but would not have been  recognized as
assets and liabilities by enterprises in general. SFAS 101 further provides that
the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are to be adjusted only to
the extent the assets are  impaired and that  impairment  shall be judged in the
same manner as for  enterprises  in general.  The Company has not determined (i)
the amount of additional accumulated depreciation which will have to be recorded
nor (ii) the amount,  if any, by which  property,  plant and equipment  would be
impaired when the Company's regulated operations cease to become subject to SFAS
71. In addition,  deferred tax liabilities  and deferred  investment tax credits
will be impacted based on the change in the temporary  differences for property,
plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation.

    The ongoing  applicability of SFAS 71 to the Company's  regulated  telephone
operations is being  monitored due to the changing  regulatory,  competitive and
legislative environments. When the regulated operations of the Company no longer
qualify for the application of SFAS 71, the net adjustments required will result
in  a  material,  extraordinary,  noncash  charge  against  earnings.  Telephone
subsidiaries  accounting  and  reporting  for  regulatory  purposes  will not be
affected by the discontinued application of SFAS 71.

(13)    RETIREMENT AND SAVINGS PLANS

    Century  sponsors an Outside  Directors'  Retirement Plan and a Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan to provide directors and officers,  respectively, with
supplemental  retirement,  death  and  disability  benefits.  In  addition,  the
bargaining unit employees of a subsidiary are provided  benefits under a defined
benefit  pension plan. At December 31, 1995 and 1994,  the combined  accumulated
benefit  obligation  of the  plans,  substantially  all  of  which  was  vested,
aggregated $18.4 million and $15.2 million,  respectively. The projected benefit
obligation in excess of plan assets was $823,000 and $2.7 million as of December
31,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  During  1995 and 1994  Century  funded  $2.5
million and $3.0 million, respectively, of the obligations of the plans. Prepaid
pension  cost was $2.5 million at December 31, 1995 and $525,000 at December 31,
1994. The net periodic  pension cost in 1995,  1994 and 1993 was $928,000,  $1.2
million and $1.1 million,  respectively.  Discount rates used in determining the
year end liabilities were 7.25% for 1995 and 8.5% for 1994.

    Century sponsors an Employee Stock Bonus Plan ("ESBP") and an Employee Stock
Ownership  Plan  ("ESOP").  These  plans cover most  employees  with one year of
service  with the  Company  and are funded by Company  contributions  determined
annually by the Board of  Directors.  Century also  sponsors a qualified  profit
sharing  plan  pursuant  to Section  401(k) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the
"401(k) Plan") which is available to substantially all employees of the Company.
The  Company's  matching  contributions  to the 401(k) Plan were $2.4 million in
1995 and 1994 and $2.0 million in 1993.

    The Company recorded contributions related to the ESBP in the amount of $1.6
million, $2.3 million and $1.8 million during 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
At December 31, 1995, the ESBP owned 4.3 million shares of Century common stock.

    The Company's  contributions to the ESOP approximate the ESOP's debt service
less dividends  received by the ESOP applicable to unallocated  shares. The ESOP
shares initially were pledged as collateral for its debt. As the debt is repaid,
shares are released from collateral based on the percentage of principal payment
to outstanding debt before applying the principal payment.  As of each year end,
such released shares are allocated to active employees.

    The ESOP had outstanding debt of $5.5 million at December 31, 1995 which was
applicable to shares purchased prior to 1993.  Interest  incurred by the ESOP on
debt applicable to such shares was $580,000, $728,000 and $895,000 in 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively.  The Company contributed and expensed $2.3 million, $1.9
million and $2.6 million during 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively,  with respect
to such shares.  Dividends on  unallocated  ESOP shares used for debt service by
the ESOP were  $170,000  in 1995,  $288,000 in 1994 and  $335,000 in 1993.  ESOP
shares as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 which were purchased  prior to 1993 were
as follows:

December 31,                            1995          1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                                          (In thousands)

Allocated shares                       1,338         1,164
Unreleased shares                        490           707
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                                       1,828         1,871
==========================================================

    The Company accounts for shares purchased subsequent to December 31, 1992 in
accordance with Statement of Position 93-6 ("SOP 93-6").  Accordingly, as shares
are released from collateral,  the Company reports compensation expense equal to
the current  market price of the shares and the shares  become  outstanding  for
earnings per share computations. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are recorded
as a reduction of retained  earnings;  dividends on unallocated  ESOP shares are
recorded as a reduction of debt. ESOP compensation  expense applicable to shares
purchased  subsequent  to 1992 was $1.3  million for 1995 and $605,000 for 1994.
The fair value of unreleased ESOP shares  accounted for under SOP 93-6 was $11.2
million  and  $11.7  million  at  December  31,  1995  and  December  31,  1994,
respectively. ESOP shares purchased subsequent to 1992 totaled 416,850, of which
62,527 were allocated and 354,323 were unreleased as of December 31, 1995.

(14)    MAJOR ACQUISITIONS

    In February  1994 the Company  acquired  Celutel  for  approximately  $106.0
million  in  a  stock  and  cash  transaction   accounted  for  as  a  purchase.
Approximately  $56.0  million of the purchase  price was paid in cash,  with the
remainder  paid  through the  issuance of  approximately  1.9 million  shares of
Century common stock.  At  acquisition,  Celutel  provided  cellular  service to
approximately 29,000 customers in five non-wireline  provider systems in MSAs in
Mississippi and Texas.

    In April 1993 the  Company  acquired  San  Marcos  Telephone  Company,  Inc.
("SMTC") in a stock and cash  transaction  and  acquired SM Telecorp,  Inc.,  an
affiliate of SMTC,  for cash.  The total  acquisition  price for both  companies
approximated  $100.0  million,  the stock  portion of which was  represented  by
approximately  2.2 million  shares of Century  common stock.  As a result of the
acquisitions,  which were  accounted  for as  purchases,  the  Company  acquired
approximately  22,500  telephone  access lines in and around San Marcos,  Texas,
along with a 35% ownership  interest in the Austin,  Texas MSA wireline cellular
market and a 9.6% interest in the Texas RSA #16 wireline cellular market.

    The following pro forma information  represents the consolidated  results of
operations  of the Company as if (i) the Celutel  acquisition  had been combined
with the  Company  as of  January  1 of 1994  and  1993 and (ii) the San  Marcos
acquisition had been combined with the Company as of January 1, 1993.

Year ended December 31,                         1994                   1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands,
                                                  except per share amounts)
                                                         (unaudited)

Operating revenues                           $ 543,768               467,862
Net income                                   $  98,958                62,516
Fully diluted earnings per share             $    1.77                  1.15
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The pro forma  information  is not  necessarily  indicative of the operating
results that would have occured if each major  acquisition had been  consummated
as of January 1 of each respective period,  nor is it necessarily  indicative of
future  operating  results.  The actual  results of  operations  of an  acquired
company are included in the Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  only
from the date of acquisition.

(15)    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES

    The Company paid interest of $45.8 million,  $40.8 million and $30.1 million
during 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.  Income taxes paid were $62.4 million
in 1995, $41.3 million in 1994 and $37.1 million in 1993.

    Century has consummated  the  acquisition of various  telephone and cellular
operations,  along with  certain  other  assets,  during the three  years  ended
December 31, 1995. In connection with these  acquisitions,  the following assets
were acquired, liabilities assumed and common and preferred stock issued:

Year ended December 31,                           1995        1994       1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)

Property, plant and equipment                  $ 16,949      11,301     33,020
Excess cost of net assets acquired               70,124     152,239     85,251
Investments in unconsolidated 
  cellular entities                               2,804           -      7,508
Notes payable                                   (14,199)          -          -
Long-term debt                                  (38,147)    (46,478)   (18,609)
Deferred credits and other liabilities           (1,880)     (5,706)    (7,648)
Other assets and liabilities, excluding   
  cash and cash equivalents                       3,037      (1,191)     5,766
Common stock issued                             (16,558)    (52,311)   (68,172)
Preferred stock issued                                -      (1,875)         -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease in cash due to acquisitions           $ 22,130      55,979     37,116
==============================================================================

    Century has consummated  the  disposition of various  telephone and cellular
operations,  along with  certain  other  assets,  during the three  years  ended
December 31, 1995. In connection with these  dispositions,  the following assets
were sold, liabilities eliminated, assets received and gain recognized:

Year ended December 31,                         1995        1994       1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)

Property, plant and equipment               $  (4,399)     (2,673)         -
Excess cost of net assets acquired             (4,494)     (3,976)         -
Other assets and liabilities, excluding 
  cash and cash equivalents                    (4,278)        993      1,661
Assets of cellular system                           -      11,058          -
Gain on sales of assets                        (6,782)    (15,877)    (1,661)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in cash due to dispositions        $ (19,953)    (10,475)         -
============================================================================

    In February 1995  Century's  $115.0  million of  outstanding  6% convertible
debentures were converted into Century common stock by the debenture  holders at
a conversion price of $25.33 per share.

(16)    BUSINESS SEGMENTS

    The  Company  operates in two  principal  segments -  traditional  telephone
services and mobile communications  services. The Company's telephone operations
are  conducted  in rural,  suburban  and small urban  communities  in 14 states.
Approximately  80% of the  Company's  telephone  access lines are in  Wisconsin,
Louisiana,  Michigan,  Ohio and Arkansas.  The Company's  cellular customers are
located primarily in Louisiana,  Michigan, Mississippi and Texas. Other accounts
receivable  are  primarily  amounts due from  various  long  distance  carriers,
principally AT&T, and several large local exchange operating companies.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Mobile
                                  Telephone  Communications  Other  Eliminations    Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>  

Year ended December 31, 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                $ 419,242     197,494     39,580    (11,476)    644,840
Depreciation and amortization     $  86,324      25,427      2,019          -     113,770
Operating income                  $ 143,527      57,009      2,383          -     202,919

Year ended December 31, 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                $ 391,265     150,802     33,272    (10,738)    564,601
Depreciation and amortization     $  73,175      21,255      1,283          -      95,713
Operating income                  $ 137,992      31,443      3,371          -     172,806

Year ended December 31, 1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                $ 350,330      84,712     30,523     (9,890)    455,675
Depreciation and amortization     $  65,175      11,359      1,040          -      77,574
Operating income                  $ 114,902       9,906      3,201          -     128,009
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Year ended December 31,                            1995        1994       1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in thousands)

Operating income                              $  202,919     172,806    128,009
Interest expense                                 (43,615)    (42,577)   (30,149)
Income from unconsolidated cellular entities      20,084      15,698      6,626
Gain on sales of assets                            6,782      15,877      1,661
Minority interest                                 (8,084)     (3,377)      (516)
Other income and expense                           4,982       3,111        625
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                    $  183,068     161,538    106,256
===============================================================================
Capital expenditures
    Telephone                                 $  136,006     152,336    131,180
    Mobile Communications                     $   41,990      39,937     56,092
    Corporate and other                       $   18,596       8,503     16,957
===============================================================================
Identifiable assets
    Telephone                                 $1,114,827   1,053,950    969,388
    Mobile Communications                        547,260     430,777    224,913
    General corporate                            109,096      88,305     62,827
    Other                                         91,238      70,221     62,262
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                  $1,862,421   1,643,253  1,319,390
===============================================================================


(17)    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The following table presents the carrying  amounts and estimated fair values
of certain of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 1995 and 1994.

                                                    Carrying        Fair
                                                     amount         value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial assets:
   Investments
     Note receivable (including current portion)   $  24,167       24,167  (1)
     Marketable equity securities                  $   8,478        8,672  (2)
     Other equity investment                       $  20,000       20,000  (1)
     Other                                         $   9,912        9,912  (1)

Financial liabilities:
   Long-term debt (including current maturities)   $ 638,229      638,383  (3)
   Other                                           $  13,043       13,043  (1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

December 31, 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial assets:
   Investments
     Note receivable (including current portion)   $  25,000       25,000  (1)
     Marketable equity securities                  $   8,478       10,127  (2)
     Other                                         $   9,069        9,069  (1)

Financial liabilities:
   Long-term debt (including current maturities)   $ 531,321      520,151  (3)
   Other                                           $  11,725       11,725  (1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Fair value was estimated by the Company.
(2)  Fair value was based on quoted market prices.
(3)  Fair value was estimated by discounting  the scheduled  payment  streams to
present  value  based upon rates  currently  offered to the  Company for similar
debt.

Cash and cash equivalents,  accounts receivable, notes payable, accounts payable
and accrued  expenses - The carrying amount  approximates  the fair value due to
the short maturity of these instruments.

(18)    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Construction  expenditures and investments in vehicles,  buildings and other
work  equipment  during 1996 are  estimated  to be $102  million  for  telephone
operations, $61 million for mobile communications operations and $26 million for
corporate and other operations.

    The Company is involved in various  claims and legal actions  arising in the
ordinary  course  of  business.  In the  opinion  of  management,  the  ultimate
disposition  of these  matters  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.


                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
              Consolidated Quarterly Income Information (unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            First      Second       Third      Fourth
                                           Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>          <C> 
Operating revenues                        $148,779     156,815    167,304      171,942
Operating income                          $ 47,961      49,682     56,392       48,884
Net income                                $ 27,000      26,167     31,880       29,729
Fully diluted earnings per share          $    .47         .45        .54          .50
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                        $127,350     138,865    147,786      150,600
Operating income                          $ 36,337      42,123     47,311       47,035
Net income                                $ 19,201      21,485     24,613       34,939
Fully diluted earnings per share          $    .35         .39        .44          .62
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    The results of  operations  of  subsidiaries  of the  Company  which are not
included in telephone or mobile communications operations have been reclassified
to  operating  income  from other  income and  expense,  and the  provision  for
uncollectible  accounts  in  the  Company's  telephone  operations,   previously
reflected as a reduction in other revenues, has been reclassified as an expense.

    Fully  diluted  earnings  per  share for the first  quarter  and the  fourth
quarter of 1995 included $.03 and $.01 per share,  respectively,  of gain on the
sales of assets. Fully diluted earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 1995
was reduced by $.04 per share related to cellular  commissions  incurred (during
the  fourth  quarter  of 1995 as  compared  to the  average  of the first  three
quarters  of 1995) as a result  of the  significant  increase  in the  number of
cellular subscribers activated during the quarter.

    Fully  diluted  earnings per share for the fourth  quarter of 1994  included
$.16 per share of gain on the sales of assets;  such  increase in fully  diluted
earnings per share was partially  offset by a decrease of $.03 per share related
to cellular  commissions incurred (during the fourth quarter of 1994 as compared
to the  average  of the  first  three  quarters  of  1994)  as a  result  of the
significant increase in the number of cellular subscribers  activated during the
quarter.

Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
               Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

        None.


                                    PART III

Item 10.       Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

      The name,  age and office(s)  held by each of the  Registrant's  executive
officers are shown below. Each of the executive  officers listed below serves at
the pleasure of the Board of Directors, except Mr. Williams who has entered into
an employment  agreement with the Registrant effective through May 1996 and from
year to year  thereafter  subject to the right of Mr. Williams or the Company to
terminate such agreement.


Name                      Age         Office(s) held with Century
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Clarke M. Williams        74          Chairman of the Board
                                        of Directors

Glen F. Post, III         43          Vice Chairman of the
                                        Board of Directors, President and Chief
                                        Executive Officer

R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.     44          Senior Vice President and Chief
                                        Financial Officer

W. Bruce Hanks            41          President - Telecommunications
                                        Services

Harvey P. Perry           51          Senior Vice President, General
                                        Counsel and Secretary

Kenneth R. Cole           48          President - Telephone Group

      Each of the  Registrant's  executive  officers has served as an officer of
the Registrant and/or one or more of its subsidiaries in varying  capacities for
more than the past 5 years.  Mr.  Cole has served as  President-Telephone  Group
since January 1995 and as Vice President from 1983 to 1994.

      The  balance of the  information  required by Item 10 is  incorporated  by
reference to the Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement  relating to its 1996
annual meeting of stockholders  (the "Proxy  Statement"),  which Proxy Statement
will be filed  pursuant to  Regulation  14A within 120 days after the end of the
last fiscal year.

Item 11.       Executive Compensation.

      The  information  required by Item 11 is  incorporated by reference to the
Proxy Statement.

Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

      The  information  required by Item 12 is  incorporated by reference to the
Proxy Statement.

Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

      The  information  required by Item 13 is  incorporated by reference to the
Proxy Statement.


                                     PART IV

Item 14.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

        a.     Financial Statements

               (i) Consolidated Financial Statements:

                      Independent Auditors' Report on Consolidated Financial
                         Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

                      Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
                         December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                      Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1995 and 1994

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
                         Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
                         Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                      Consolidated Quarterly Income Information (unaudited)

               (ii) Schedules:*

                      I    Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

                      II   Valuation And Qualifying Accounts

                       *  Those schedules not listed above are omitted as not
                              applicable or not required.

        b.     Reports on Form 8-K.

               The following item was reported in the Form 8-K dated November 7,
                   1995:
                        Item 5. Other Events - News release  reporting  results
                                of operations for the quarter  ended September 
                                30, 1995.

               The following item was reported in the Form 8-K dated November 
                   29,  1995:
                        Item 5. Other Events - News release reporting 
                                investment in GO Communications Corporation.

        c.     Exhibits:

             3(i)         Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of
                          Registrant,  dated as of May 23, 1995 (incorporated by
                          reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration No.33-60061).

             3(ii)        Registrant's  Bylaws, as amended through May 23, 1995
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit  4.2  to
                          Registration No. 33-60061).

             4.1          Competitive  Advance and  Revolving  Credit  Facility
                          Agreement, dated October 17, 1995, between Registrant
                          and  Bank  One  of  Texas,   N.A.   (incorporated  by
                          reference  to Exhibit 4.2 to  Registrant's  Quarterly
                          Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  September
                          30, 1995).

             4.2          Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  September  1, 1989,
                          between  Registrant,  Teachers  Insurance  and Annuity
                          Association  of America and the Lincoln  National Life
                          Insurance   Company   (incorporated  by  reference  to
                          Exhibit 4.23 to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form
                          10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1989).

             4.12         Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  dated as of
                          November   17,   1986   between   Century    Telephone
                          Enterprises,  Inc. and the Rights Agent named  therein
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit   4.1  to
                          Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December
                          20, 1988), the Amendment  thereto dated March 26, 1990
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit   4.1  to
                          Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q for the
                          quarter ended March 31, 1990) and the Second Amendment
                          thereto  dated  February  23,  1993  (incorporated  by
                          reference  to  Exhibit  4.12  to  Registrant's  Annual
                          Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended  December  31,
                          1992).

             4.16         Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated May 6,  1986,  among
                          Registrant, Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association
                          of America,  Aetna Life Insurance  Company,  the Aetna
                          Casualty  and  Surety  Company  and  Lincoln  National
                          Pension Insurance  Company  (incorporated by reference
                          to  Exhibit  4.23  to   Registration   No.   33-5836),
                          Amendatory    Agreement   dated   November   1,   1986
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit   4.2  to
                          Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year
                          ended  December 31,  1986),  amendment  thereto  dated
                          November 1, 1987 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                          4.2 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                          year ended December 31, 1987) and Modification  Letter
                          dated September 1, 1989  (incorporated by reference to
                          Exhibit 19.6 to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form
                          10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1989).

             4.22         Form of common  stock  certificate  of the  Registrant
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit   4.1  to
                          Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q for the
                          quarter ended June 30, 1993).

             4.24         Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated February 7,
                          1992 between Registrant and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit  4.24  to
                          Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year
                          ended  December 31,  1991),  amendment  thereto  dated
                          April 8, 1993  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
                          19.2 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                          the quarter ended March 31, 1993),  amendment  thereto
                          dated  July 9,  1993  (incorporated  by  reference  to
                          Exhibit  4.24 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form
                          10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993),  amendment
                          thereto  dated  August  15,  1994   (incorporated   by
                          reference  to Exhibit 4.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly
                          Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended  September
                          30, 1994) and amendment  thereto dated October 5, 1995
                          (incorporated   by   reference   to  Exhibit   4.1  to
                          Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q for the
                          quarter ended September 30, 1995).

             4.25         Indenture  dated  as of March  31,  1994  between  the
                          Company and Regions Bank of Louisiana  (formerly First
                          American  Bank  &  Trust  of  Louisiana),  as  Trustee
                          (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of the
                          Company's   Registration   Statement   on  Form   S-3,
                          Registration No. 33-52915).

             4.26         Resolutions  adopted by the Executive Committee of the
                          Board of Directors on April 29, 1994  designating  the
                          terms and  conditions of the  Company's  7-3/4% Senior
                          Notes,  Series A, due 2004 and  8-1/4%  Senior  Notes,
                          Series B, due 2024 ("Senior  Notes")  (incorporated by
                          reference  to Exhibit  4.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly
                          Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended  March 31,
                          1994).

             4.27         Resolutions  adopted by the Special Pricing  Committee
                          of  the  Board  of  Directors  on  November  27,  1995
                          designating  the terms and conditions of the Company's
                          6.55% Senior Notes, Series C, due 2005 and 7.2% Senior
                          Notes,  Series D, due 2025 ("Senior Notes"),  included
                          elsewhere herein.

             4.28         Form of Senior  Notes  (incorporated  by  reference to
                          Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's Registration Statement on
                          Form S-3, Registration No. 33-52915).

             10.1         Employee Benefit Plans

                          (a) Registrant's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan and
                              Trust,  as amended and restated  December 30, 1994
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter   ended  March  31,  1995)  and  amendment
                              thereto dated January 26, 1996, included elsewhere
                              herein.

                          (b) Registrant's  Stock Bonus Plan,  PAYSOP and Trust,
                              as  amended  and   restated   December   30,  1994
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter ended March 31, 1995),  amendment  thereto
                              dated July 11, 1995  (incorporated by reference to
                              Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on
                              Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995) and
                              amendment thereto dated January 26, 1996, included
                              elsewhere herein.

                          (c) Registrant's  Dollars & Sense Plan and  Trust,  as
                              amended and restated, generally effective April 1,
                              1992 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              year ended December 31, 1994).

                          (d) Registrant's   Restated   Supplemental   Executive
                              Retirement   Plan,   generally   effective  as  of
                              November 16, 1995, included elsewhere herein.

                          (e) Registrant's  1983  Restricted  Stock Plan,  dated
                              February 21,  1984,  as amended and restated as of
                              November 16, 1995, included elsewhere herein.

                          (f) Registrant's Key Employee  Incentive  Compensation
                              Plan,  dated  January  1,  1984,  as  amended  and
                              restated  as  of  November  16,   1995,   included
                              elsewhere herein.

                          (g) Registrant's 1988 Incentive  Compensation  Program
                              as  amended   and   restated   August   22,   1989
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  19.8 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter ended September 30, 1989).

                          (h) Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  entered  into in
                              1988 by the Registrant, pursuant to 1988 Incentive
                              Compensation Program, with certain of its officers
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.10 to
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              year  ended   December  31,  1988)  and  amendment
                              thereto  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6
                              to Registrant's Registration No. 33-31314).

                          (i) Registrant's 1990 Incentive  Compensation Program,
                              dated March 15, 1990 (incorporated by reference to
                              Exhibit 19.1 to Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on
                              Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1990).

                          (j) Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  entered  into in
                              1990 by the Registrant, pursuant to 1990 Incentive
                              Compensation Program, with certain of its officers
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  19.3 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter ended June 30, 1990) and amendment thereto
                              dated  as  of  May  22,  1995   (incorporated   by
                              reference   to   Exhibit   10.1  to   Registrant's
                              Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter
                              ended September 30, 1995).

                          (k) Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  entered  into in
                              1992 by the Registrant, pursuant to 1990 Incentive
                              Compensation Program, with certain of its officers
                              and  employees   (incorporated   by  reference  to
                              Exhibit  10.17 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report on
                              Form 10-K for the year ended  December  31,  1992)
                              and  amendment  thereto  dated as of May 22,  1995
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter ended September 30, 1995).

                          (l) Registrant's 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan
                              approved by Registrant's shareholders on May 11,
                              1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4
                              to Registration No. 33-60061).

                          (m) Form of Stock Option  Agreement,  pursuant to 1995
                              Incentive  Compensation  Plan and  dated as of May
                              22,  1995,  entered  into  by  Registrant  and its
                              officers  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit
                              10.5 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on From 10-Q
                              for the quarter ended June 30, 1995).

                          (n) Form of Stock Option  Agreement,  pursuant to 1995
                              Incentive  Compensation  Plan and dated as of June
                              23, 1995,  entered into by Registrant  and certain
                              key  employees   (incorporated   by  reference  to
                              Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on
                              Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995).

                          (o) Form of Performance Share Agreement Under the 1990
                              Incentive  Compensation  Program,  entered into in
                              1993 with certain of its  officers  and  employees
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  28.1 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter   ended  March  31,  1993)  and  amendment
                              thereto dated as of May 22, 1995  (incorporated by
                              reference   to   Exhibit   10.3  to   Registrant's
                              Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter
                              ended September 30, 1995).

                          (p) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement and Performance
                              Share   Agreement   Under   the   1988   Incentive
                              Compensation  Program,  entered  into in 1993 with
                              certain   of   its    officers    and    employees
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  28.2 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter   ended  March  31,  1993)  and  amendment
                              thereto dated as of May 22, 1995  (incorporated by
                              reference   to   Exhibit   10.4  to   Registrant's
                              Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter
                              ended September 30, 1995).

                          (q) Registrant's    Restated    Supplemental   Defined
                              Contribution  Plan, dated as of November 16, 1995,
                              included elsewhere herein.

                          (r) Registrant's  Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental
                              Dollars & Sense Plan,  effective  as of January 1,
                              1995  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.22
                              to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                              year ended December 31, 1994).

                          (s) Registrant's    Amended   and   Restated    Salary
                              Continuation (Disability) Plan for Officers, dated
                              November  26, 1991  (incorporated  by reference to
                              Exhibit  10.16 of  Registrant's  Annual  Report on
                              Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).

                          (t) Registrant's     Restated    Outside    Directors'
                              Retirement  Plan,  dated as of November  16, 1995,
                              included elsewhere herein.

                          (u) Registrant's  Restated Deferred  Compensation Plan
                              for Outside  Directors,  dated as of November  16,
                              1995, included elsewhere herein.

             10.2         Employment, Severance and Related Agreements

                          (a) Employment  Agreement,  dated May 24, 1993, by and
                              between   Clarke  M.   Williams   and   Registrant
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  19.1 to
                              Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                              quarter ended June 30, 1993) and amendment thereto
                              dated as of February 27, 1996,  included elsewhere
                              herein.

                          (b) Form of Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement,
                              by  and  between   Registrant   and  each  of  its
                              executive  officers other than Clarke M. Williams,
                              dated as of November 16, 1995,  included elsewhere
                              herein.

                          (c) Form of Amended and Restated Severance  Agreement,
                              by and between  Registrant and six of its officers
                              who  are  not  executive  officers,  dated  as  of
                              November 16, 1995, included elsewhere herein.

                          (d) Agreement, dated December 31, 1994, by and between
                              Jim D.  Reppond and  Registrant  (incorporated  by
                              reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant's  Annual
                              Report  on Form 10-K for the year  ended  December
                              31, 1994).

             10.3         Other Agreements

                          (a) Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 8, 
                              1993, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated
                              January 5, 1994 by and among Registrant,
                              Celutel Acquisition Corp., Celutel, Inc. and the 
                              Principal Stockholders of Celutel, Inc. 
                              (incorporated by reference to Appendix I of
                              Registrant's Prospectus forming a part of its 
                              Registration Statement No.33-50791 filed January 
                              12, 1994 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)).

                          (b) Loan  Agreement  and  Grant  of  Rights  of  First
                              Refusal to Acquire  Assets and/or Capital Stock of
                              MillTenn, Inc. and its Subsidiaries  (incorporated
                              by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  Registrant's
                              Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter
                              ended March 31, 1994).

             11           Computations of Earnings Per Share, included else-
                          where herein.

             21           Subsidiaries of the Registrant, included elsewhere
                          herein.

             23           Independent Auditors' Consent, included elsewhere 
                          herein.

             27           Financial Data Schedule, included elsewhere herein.
                                              

                                   SIGNATURES


      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                     CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


Date:  March 18, 1996            By:   /s/ Clarke M. Williams
                                         -------------------------
                                            Clarke M. Williams
                                            Chairman of the Board

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.


/s/ Clarke M. Williams       
- -------------------------     Chairman of the Board        
Clarke M. Williams              of Directors                    March 18, 1996

                              
/s/ Glen F. Post, III         Vice Chairman of the
- -------------------------       Board of Directors, 
Glen F. Post, III               President, and Chief
                                Executive Officer               March 18, 1996


                              
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.     Senior Vice President
- -------------------------       and Chief Financial
R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.           Officer                         March 18, 1996


                             
/s/ Harvey P. Perry           Senior Vice President,
- -------------------------       Secretary, General
Harvey P. Perry                 Counsel and Director            March 18, 1996



/s/ W. Bruce Hanks            
- -------------------------     President - Telecommunications
W. Bruce Hanks                  Services and Director           March 18, 1996



/s/ Murray H. Greer           
- -------------------------     Controller (Principal
Murray H. Greer                 Accounting Officer)             March 18, 1996



/s/ William R. Boles, Jr.     
- -------------------------     Director
William R. Boles, Jr.                                           March 18, 1996



/s/ Virginia Boulet
- -------------------------     Director
Virginia Boulet                                                 March 18, 1996



/s/ Ernest Butler, Jr. 
- -------------------------     Director
Ernest Butler, Jr.                                              March 18, 1996



- -------------------------     Director
Calvin Czeschin                                                 March __, 1996



/s/ James B. Gardner
- -------------------------     Director
James B. Gardner                                                March 18, 1996



/s/ R. L. Hargrove, Jr.
- -------------------------     Director
R. L. Hargrove, Jr.                                             March 18, 1996



/s/ Johnny Hebert
- -------------------------     Director
Johnny Hebert                                                   March 18, 1996



/s/ F. Earl Hogan
- -------------------------     Director
F. Earl Hogan                                                   March 18, 1996



/s/ C. G. Melville, Jr.
- -------------------------     Director
C. G. Melville, Jr.                                             March 18, 1996



/s/ Jim D. Reppond            Director                          
- -------------------------  
Jim D. Reppond                                                  March 18, 1996



           SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                (Parent Company)
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME



                                                   Year ended December 31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995         1994         1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)


REVENUES                                   $   5,608        6,190        5,860
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSES
        Operating expenses                     5,165        5,400        6,014
        Depreciation and amortization          6,860        6,603        5,877
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total expenses                     12,025       12,003       11,891
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING LOSS                                (6,417)      (5,813)      (6,031)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
        Interest expense                     (37,467)     (34,463)     (20,678)
        Interest income                       30,930       24,088       10,696
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total other income (expense)       (6,537)     (10,375)      (9,982)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
   EQUITY IN SUBSIDIARIES' EARNINGS          (12,954)     (16,188)     (16,013)

Income tax benefit                             3,769        3,205        5,037
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LOSS BEFORE EQUITY IN
   SUBSIDIARIES' EARNINGS                     (9,185)     (12,983)     (10,976)

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings             123,961      113,221       79,980
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                                 $ 114,776      100,238       69,004
==============================================================================

See accompanying notes to condensed financial information of registrant.



           SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                   (continued)
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                (Parent Company)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                                                            December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1995           1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
                                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
        Cash and cash equivalents                  $     1,616         3,097
        Receivables from subsidiaries                   94,217       126,821
        Other receivables                                9,888           941
        Prepayments and other                            1,854           844
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total current assets                        107,575       131,703
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
        Property and equipment                             983           932
        Accumulated depreciation                          (583)         (524)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net property, plant and equipment               400           408
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS
        Investments in subsidiaries (at equity)      1,166,186     1,032,991
        Receivables from subsidiaries                  139,631       155,156
        Other investments                               50,620        27,919
        Note receivable                                 22,500        24,167
        Deferred charges                                 5,010         5,599
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total investments and other assets        1,383,947     1,245,832
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                       $ 1,491,922     1,377,943
============================================================================

                          LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
        Current maturities of long-term debt       $     5,516         5,481
        Notes payable to banks                               -       158,000
        Payables to subsidiaries                       143,793       155,551
        Accrued interest                                 4,424         7,345
        Other accrued liabilities                        4,377        11,420
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total current liabilities                   158,110       337,797
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM DEBT                                         392,018       342,334
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAYABLES TO SUBSIDIARIES                                35,684        34,197
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES                  17,686        13,379
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
        Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized
           175,000,000 shares, issued and 
           outstanding 59,113,670
           and 53,574,361 shares                        59,114        53,574
        Paid-in capital                                453,584       319,235
        Retained earnings                              387,424       291,999
        Unearned ESOP shares                           (13,960)      (16,840)
        Preferred stock - non-redeemable                 2,262         2,268
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total stockholders' equity                  888,424       650,236
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                       $ 1,491,922     1,377,943
============================================================================

See accompanying notes to condensed financial information of registrant.



           SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                   (Continued)
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                (Parent Company)
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Year ended December 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1995           1994         1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------                          
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>            <C> 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income                                                  $ 114,776        100,238       69,004
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by (used in) operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                              6,860          6,603        5,877
        Deferred income taxes                                      4,241          5,918         (451)
        Earnings of subsidiaries                                (123,961)      (113,221)     (79,980)
        Changes in current assets and current liabilities:
           (Increase) decrease in other receivables               (8,947)         7,078       (6,692)
           Increase (decrease) in other accrued liabilities       (3,409)         5,063        1,203
           Changes in other current assets and
               other current liabilities, net                     (4,377)         6,014          102
        Other, net                                                 1,558            766        1,934
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   (13,259)        18,459       (9,003)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Acquisitions                                                  (22,130)       (55,979)     (33,209)
   Capital contributions to subsidiaries                         (53,050)       (47,516)     (16,819)
   Dividends received from subsidiaries                           52,423          3,841          908
   (Increase) decrease in receivables from subsidiaries           71,203        (98,917)     (13,024)
   Increase (decrease) in payables to subsidiaries               (10,271)        70,512       23,848
   Investment in unconsolidated personal
      communications services entity                             (20,000)             -            -
   Note receivable                                                   833        (25,000)           -
   Purchase of Industrial Development Revenue bonds                    -              -      (19,000)
   Other, net                                                     (2,546)        (3,292)      (2,893)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities    16,462       (156,351)     (60,189)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                      171,046        147,754            -
   Payments of long-term debt                                     (4,901)        (4,870)      (6,697)
   Notes payable, net                                           (158,000)         7,500       88,500
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                          6,522          4,814        3,529
   Cash dividends paid                                           (19,351)       (17,184)     (15,735)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Net cash provided by (used in)financing activities     (4,684)       138,014       69,597
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
   AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                           (1,481)           122          405

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                     3,097          2,975        2,570
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                       $   1,616          3,097        2,975
====================================================================================================


See accompanying notes to condensed financial information of registrant.

</TABLE>


           SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                   (continued)
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                (Parent Company)
             NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT



(A)   LONG-TERM DEBT

      The   approximate   annual  debt   maturities   (including   sinking  fund
requirements) for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1995 are as follows:

                               1996 -  $5.5 million
                               1997 -  $5.0 million
                               1998 -  $4.7 million
                               1999 -  $4.3 million
                               2000 - $57.7 million

(B)   GUARANTEES

      As of December 31, 1995,  Century has  guaranteed a promissory  note for a
subsidiary  of $2.6  million,  as well as the  applicable  interest and premium.
Century has also  guaranteed  $905,000 in Industrial  Development  Revenue Bonds
originally  issued by a subsidiary;  such bonds were assumed by the purchaser of
the subsidiary's assets.

(C)   DIVIDENDS FROM SUBSIDIARIES

      Dividends paid to Century by consolidated subsidiaries were $52.4 million,
$3.8 million and $908,000 during 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

(D)   INCOME TAXES AND INTEREST PAID

      Income  taxes  paid  by  Century   (including   amounts   reimbursed  from
subsidiaries)  were $56.9 million,  $35.0 million and $31.5 million during 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.

      Interest  paid by  Century  was $40.4  million,  $32.0  million  and $20.9
million during 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

(E)   AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS

      Century  provides and bills  management  services to  subsidiaries  and in
certain  instances makes interest  bearing  advances to finance  construction of
plant and purchases of equipment.  Century recorded intercompany interest income
of $28.2  million,  $22.2  million  and $10.6  million  in 1995,  1994 and 1993,
respectively.



                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.

              For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Additions
                                     Balance at  charged to    Deductions                  Balance
                                      beginning   costs and       from        Other        at end
Description                           of period   expenses    allowance (1)  changes (2)  of period
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>       <C> 


Year ended December 31, 1995
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   $  2,360      7,200        (6,946)         154       2,768

Year ended December 31, 1994
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   $  1,473      4,748        (4,139)         278       2,360

Year ended December 31, 1993
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   $    960      2,073        (1,810)         250       1,473




(1)   Customers' accounts written-off, net of recoveries.

(2)   Allowance for doubtful  accounts at the date of  acquisition  of purchased
      subsidiaries,  net of  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  at the  date of
      disposition of subsidiaries sold.

</TABLE>




                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                December 31, 1995
Exhibit
Number
- -------
 3(i)      Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, dated 
           as of May 23, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
           Registration No. 33-60061).

 3(ii)     Registrant's Bylaws, as amended through May 23, 1995 (incorporated 
           by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registration No. 33-60061).

 4.1       Competitive  Advance and Revolving Credit Facility  Agreement,  dated
           October 17,  1995,  between  Registrant  and Bank One of Texas,  N.A.
           (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's  Quarterly
           Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995).

 4.2       Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 1, 1989, between Registrant,
           Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America and the Lincoln
           National Life Insurance Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           4.23 to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
           ended September 30, 1989).

 4.12      Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement dated as of November 17, 1986
           between  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.  and the Rights Agent
           named   therein   (incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to
           Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 1988), the
           Amendment thereto dated March 26, 1990  (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit  4.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the
           quarter ended March 31, 1990) and the Second Amendment  thereto dated
           February  23, 1993  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4.12 to
           Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
           31, 1992).

 4.16      Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  May  6,  1986,  among  Registrant,
           Teachers  Insurance and Annuity  Association  of America,  Aetna Life
           Insurance Company,  the Aetna Casualty and Surety Company and Lincoln
           National  Pension  Insurance  Company  (incorporated  by reference to
           Exhibit 4.23 to Registration No. 33-5836), Amendatory Agreement dated
           November  1,  1986  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2 to
           Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
           31, 1986),  amendment thereto dated November 1, 1987 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 4.2 to  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
           for the year ended December 31, 1987) and  Modification  Letter dated
           September  1, 1989  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  19.6 to
           Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form 10-Q for the  quarter  ended
           September 30, 1989).

 4.22      Form of common stock  certificate of the Registrant  (incorporated by
           reference  to Exhibit 4.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
           10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993).

 4.24      Revolving Credit Facility  Agreement,  dated February 7, 1992 between
           Registrant and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.  (incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit 4.24 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
           year ended December 31, 1991),  amendment thereto dated April 8, 1993
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.2 to Registrant's  Quarterly
           Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993),  amendment
           thereto dated July 9, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24
           to  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  year  ended
           December  31,  1993),   amendment   thereto  dated  August  15,  1994
           (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's  Quarterly
           Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended  September  30,  1994) and
           amendment thereto dated October 5, 1995 (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit  4.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the
           quarter ended September 30, 1995).

 4.25      Indenture  dated as of March 31, 1994 between the Company and Regions
           Bank  of  Louisiana   (formerly   First  American  Bank  &  Trust  of
           Louisiana),  as Trustee  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
           the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No.
           33-52915).

 4.26      Resolutions  adopted  by the  Executive  Committee  of the  Board  of
           Directors on April 29, 1994  designating  the terms and conditions of
           the  Company's  7-3/4%  Senior  Notes,  Series A, due 2004 and 8-1/4%
           Senior Notes,  Series B, due 2024 ("Senior  Notes")  (incorporated by
           reference  to Exhibit 4.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
           10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994).

 4.27      Resolutions  adopted by the Special Pricing Committee of the Board of
           Directors on November 27, 1995  designating  the terms and conditions
           of the  Company's  6.55%  Senior  Notes,  Series C, due 2005 and 7.2%
           Senior Notes, Series D, due 2025 ("Senior Notes"), included herein.

 4.28      Form of Senior Notes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the
           Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-3,  Registration  No.
           33-52915).

 10.1      Employee Benefit Plans

           (a)    Registrant's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan and  Trust,  as
                  amended  and  restated  December  30,  1994  (incorporated  by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on
                  Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended March 31, 1995) and amendment
                  thereto dated January 26, 1996, included herein.

           (b)    Registrant's  Stock Bonus Plan,  PAYSOP and Trust,  as amended
                  and restated  December 30, 1994  (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter  ended March 31,  1995),  amendment  thereto dated
                  July 11, 1995  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
                  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                  ended June 30, 1995) and  amendment  thereto dated January 26,
                  1996, included herein.

           (c)    Registrant's  Dollars & Sense Plan and Trust,  as amended  and
                  restated,  generally  effective April 1, 1992 (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit  10.7 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report on
                  Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).

           (d)    Registrant's Restated Supplemental  Executive Retirement Plan,
                  generally effective as of November 16, 1995, included herein.

           (e)    Registrant's  1983 Restricted  Stock Plan,  dated February 21,
                  1984,  as  amended  and  restated  as of  November  16,  1995,
                  included herein.

           (f)    Registrant's Key Employee  Incentive  Compensation Plan, dated
                  January 1, 1984,  as amended and  restated as of November  16,
                  1995, included herein.

           (g)    Registrant's  1988 Incentive  Compensation  Program as amended
                  and  restated  August 22, 1989  (incorporated  by reference to
                  Exhibit 19.8 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended September 30, 1989).

           (h)    Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  entered  into in 1988 by the
                  Registrant,  pursuant to 1988 Incentive  Compensation Program,
                  with  certain of its  officers  (incorporated  by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.10 to  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                  the year  ended  December  31,  1988)  and  amendment  thereto
                  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4.6 to  Registrant's
                  Registration No. 33-31314).

           (i)    Registrant's 1990 Incentive  Compensation Program, dated March
                  15,  1990  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  19.1  to
                  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                  ended June 30, 1990).

           (j)    Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  entered  into in 1990 by the
                  Registrant,  pursuant to 1990 Incentive  Compensation Program,
                  with  certain of its  officers  (incorporated  by reference to
                  Exhibit 19.3 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended June 30, 1990) and  amendment  thereto dated
                  as of May 22, 1995  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
                  to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
                  ended September 30, 1995).

           (k)    Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  entered  into in 1992 by the
                  Registrant,  pursuant to 1990 Incentive  Compensation Program,
                  with certain of its officers and  employees  (incorporated  by
                  reference to Exhibit  10.17 to  Registrant's  Annual Report on
                  Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 1992) and amendment
                  thereto dated as of May 22, 1995 (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended September 30, 1995).

           (l)    Registrant's  1995  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  approved by
                  Registrant's  shareholders  on May 11, 1995  (incorporated  by
                  reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration No.
                  33-60061).

           (m)    Form of Stock  Option  Agreement,  pursuant to 1995  Incentive
                  Compensation  Plan and dated as of May 22, 1995,  entered into
                  by Registrant and its officers  (incorporated  by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on From 10-Q for
                  the quarter ended June 30, 1995).

           (n)    Form of Stock  Option  Agreement,  pursuant to 1995  Incentive
                  Compensation Plan and dated as of June 23, 1995,  entered into
                  by  Registrant  and certain  key  employees  (incorporated  by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on
                  Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995).

           (o)    Form of Performance  Share  Agreement Under the 1990 Incentive
                  Compensation Program, entered into in 1993 with certain of its
                  officers and employees  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                  28.1 to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form 10-Q for the
                  quarter ended March 31, 1993) and  amendment  thereto dated as
                  of May 22, 1995  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
                  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                  ended September 30, 1995).

           (p)    Form of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  and  Performance  Share
                  Agreement  Under  the  1988  Incentive  Compensation  Program,
                  entered  into  in  1993  with  certain  of  its  officers  and
                  employees  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  28.2  to
                  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                  ended March 31, 1993) and  amendment  thereto  dated as of May
                  22,  1995  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to
                  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                  ended September 30, 1995).

           (q)    Registrant's  Restated Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan,
                  dated as of November 16, 1995, included herein.

           (r)    Registrant's Amended and Restated Supplemental Dollars & Sense
                  Plan,  effective  as  of  January  1,  1995  (incorporated  by
                  reference to Exhibit  10.22 to  Registrant's  Annual Report on
                  Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994).

           (s)    Registrant's   Amended  and   Restated   Salary   Continuation
                  (Disability)  Plan  for  Officers,  dated  November  26,  1991
                  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.16 of  Registrant's
                  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended  December  31,
                  1991).

           (t)    Registrant's  Restated  Outside  Directors'  Retirement  Plan,
                  dated as of November 16, 1995, included herein.

           (u)    Registrant's  Restated Deferred  Compensation Plan for Outside
                  Directors, dated as of November 16, 1995, included herein.

 10.2      Employment, Severance and Related Agreements

           (a)    Employment  Agreement,  dated  May 24,  1993,  by and  between
                  Clarke M. Williams and Registrant  (incorporated  by reference
                  to Exhibit 19.1 to Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                  for the quarter  ended June 30,  1993) and  amendment  thereto
                  dated as of February 27, 1996, included herein.

           (b)    Form of  Amended  and  Restated  Severance  Agreement,  by and
                  between  Registrant  and each of its executive  officers other
                  than  Clarke  M.  Williams,  dated as of  November  16,  1995,
                  included herein.

           (c)    Form of  Amended  and  Restated  Severance  Agreement,  by and
                  between  Registrant  and  six  of its  officers  who  are  not
                  executive  officers,  dated as of November 16, 1995,  included
                  herein.

           (d)    Agreement,  dated  December  31,  1994,  by and between Jim D.
                  Reppond and Registrant  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                  10.24 to Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 31, 1994).

 10.3      Other Agreements

           (a)    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 8, 1993, as amended
                  by Amendment  No. 1 thereto dated January 5, 1994 by and among
                  Registrant,  Celutel Acquisition Corp.,  Celutel, Inc. and the
                  Principal  Stockholders  of  Celutel,  Inc.  (incorporated  by
                  reference to Appendix I of Registrant's  Prospectus  forming a
                  part of its Registration  Statement No. 33-50791 filed January
                  12, 1994 pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)).

           (b)    Loan Agreement and Grant of Rights of First Refusal to Acquire
                  Assets  and/or  Capital  Stock  of  MillTenn,   Inc.  and  its
                  Subsidiaries  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 10.1 to
                  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarter
                  ended March 31, 1994).

 11        Computations of Earnings Per Share, included herein.

 21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant, included herein.

 23        Independent Auditors' Consent, included herein.

 27        Financial Data Schedule, included herein.






                                                                    Exhibit 4.27

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


         The following resolutions were adopted by the Special Pricing Committee
      of the Board of  Directors  of  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.  on
      November 27, 1995:


              WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Century Telephone  Enterprises,
              Inc. (the "Company") has previously authorized (i) the appropriate
              officers  of the  Company to take  various  actions  necessary  to
              permit  the  Company  to  register,  issue  and sell  senior  debt
              securities with an aggregate  initial offering price not to exceed
              $400,000,000  and (ii) the Special Pricing  Committee of the Board
              of the Directors to establish the specific terms and conditions of
              any one or more series of senior debt  securities to be issued and
              sold from time to time; and

              WHEREAS,  the Special Pricing  Committee,  acting pursuant to such
              authorization,  deems it desirable and in the best interest of the
              Company  and  its   shareholders  to  authorize  the  issuance  of
              $150,000,000   aggregate  principal  amount  of  its  senior  debt
              securities;

         NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED THAT:

              (1) The  Company  shall  create and issue  $150,000,000  aggregate
              principal amount of its senior debt securities,  consisting of (i)
              $50,000,000  aggregate principal amount of senior notes designated
              as the "Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. 6.55% Senior Notes,
              Series C, Due 2005" (the  "Series C Notes") and (ii)  $100,000,000
              aggregate  principal  amount of  senior  notes  designated  as the
              "Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc. 7.20% Senior Notes, Series D,
              Due 2025" (the  "Series D Notes" and,  together  with the Series C
              Notes, the "Senior Notes"),  in each case to be sold at the prices
              described  below and in accordance  with the Indenture dated as of
              March 31, 1994 ("Indenture"), between the Company and Regions Bank
              of  Louisiana  (successor  to  First  American  Bank  &  Trust  of
              Louisiana), as Trustee ("Trustee"), to wit:

                  a.  The Series C Notes will mature on December 1,  2005
              and the Series D Notes will mature on  December 1, 2025.

                  b. The Senior  Notes shall bear  interest  from  November  30,
              1995,  until the principal  thereof becomes due and payable at the
              rate of 6.55% per annum  with  respect  to the  Series C Notes and
              7.20% per annum with  respect  to the  Series D Notes,  payable in
              each  case  semi-annually  on June 1 and  December  1 of each year
              commencing  June 1, 1996,  and any overdue  principal  and (to the
              extent that the  payment of such  interest  is  enforceable  under
              applicable law) any overdue  installment of interest thereon shall
              bear interest at the same rate per annum; the principal of and the
              interest  on the  Senior  Notes  shall be  payable  in any coin or
              currency  of the  United  States of  America  which at the time of
              payment  is legal  tender for the  payment  of public and  private
              debts,  at the  office  or  agency of the  Company  maintained  in
              accordance  with the Indenture,  or, at the option of the Company,
              by check in U.S.  dollars  mailed or  delivered  to the  person in
              whose name the Senior  Notes are  registered.  The regular  record
              date with  respect  to any  interest  payment  date for the Senior
              Notes  shall  be the May 15 or  November  15,  as the case may be,
              immediately  preceding such interest payment date,  whether or not
              such date is a business day.


                  c. The Series C Notes will not be redeemable prior to
              maturity.

                  d. The  Series  D Notes  will be  redeemable  as a whole or in
              part,  at the option of the Company at any time,  at a  redemption
              price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal  amount of
              such Series D Notes or (ii) the sum of the  present  values of the
              remaining  scheduled  payments of principal  and interest  thereon
              discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual  basis (assuming
              a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury
              Rate plus 12.5 basis  points,  plus in each case accrued  interest
              thereon to the date of redemption.

                  "Treasury  Rate" means,  with respect to any redemption  date,
              the rate per annum  equal to the  semiannual  equivalent  yield to
              maturity of the Comparable  Treasury  Issue,  assuming a price for
              the Comparable  Treasury  Issue  (expressed as a percentage of its
              principal amount) equal to the Comparable  Treasury Price for such
              redemption date.

                  "Comparable  Treasury  Issue" means the United States Treasury
              security selected by an Independent  Investment Banker as having a
              maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Series D Notes to
              be redeemed  that would be utilized,  at the time of selection and
              in accordance with customary  financial  practice,  in pricing new
              issues of corporate debt securities of comparable  maturity to the
              remaining  term of such  Series D Notes.  "Independent  Investment
              Banker" means one of the Reference  Treasury Dealers  appointed by
              the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

                  "Comparable   Treasury  Price"  means,  with  respect  to  any
               redemption  date, (i) the average of the bid and asked prices for
               the  Comparable  Treasury  Issue  (expressed  in  each  case as a
               percentage  of its  principal  amount) on the third  business day
               preceding  such  redemption  date,  as set  forth  in  the  daily
               statistical  release (or any successor  release) published by the
               Federal  Reserve Bank of New York and designated  "Composite 3:30
               p.m. Quotations for U.S.  Government  Securities" or (ii) if such
               release (or any  successor  release) is not published or does not
               contain such prices on such  business day, (A) the average of the
               Reference  Treasury Dealer  Quotations for such redemption  date,
               after  excluding the highest and lowest such  Reference  Treasury
               Dealer Quotations,  or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four
               such Reference  Treasury  Dealer  Quotations,  the average of all
               such Quotations.  "Reference  Treasury Dealer  Quotations" means,
               with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption
               date, the average,  as determined by the Trustee,  of the bid and
               asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each
               case as a percentage of its principal  amount)  quoted in writing
               to the Trustee by such Reference  Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on
               the third business day preceding such redemption date.

                  "Reference   Treasury   Dealer"  means  each  of   PaineWebber
               Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
               & Smith  Incorporated,  Smith  Barney Inc.  and their  respective
               successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall
               cease to be a primary U.S.  Government  securities  dealer in New
               York  City (a  "Primary  Treasury  Dealer"),  the  Company  shall
               substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

                  Notice of any  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but
               no more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of
               Series D Notes to be redeemed.

                  Unless the  Company  defaults  in  payment  of the  redemption
               price,  on and after the  redemption  date interest will cease to
               accrue  on the  Series D Notes or  portions  thereof  called  for
               redemption.

                  e. There will be no mandatory sinking fund payments for the 
               Senior Notes.

                  f.  The Senior Notes and the Trustee's Certificate of 
              Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in
              the following form:


                           (FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY)


              No _________________                 $ ________________________

                                                   C U S I P  N O.___________

                       Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.
                     ____% Senior Notes, Series __, Due ____

              Century Telephone Enterprises,  Inc., a corporation duly organized
              and  existing  under  the laws of the State of  Louisiana  (herein
              referred to as the "Company"), for value received, hereby promises
              to pay to _________________________________ or registered assigns,
              the   principal   sum   of   _________________________Dollars   on
              ____________  and to pay interest on said  principal sum from , or
              from the most recent  interest  payment date to which interest has
              been paid or duly provided for,  semi-annually on ____________ and
              ______________ in each year, commencing _________________,  at the
              rate  of_____%  per annum until the  principal  hereof  shall have
              become due and payable,  and on any overdue  principal and (to the
              extent  that  payment  of  such  interest  is  enforceable   under
              applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at the same
              rate  per  annum.  The  interest   installment  so  payable,   and
              punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date
              will,  as provided in the  Indenture  hereinafter  referred to, be
              paid to the  person in whose  name this  Security  (or one or more
              Predecessor   Securities,   as  defined  in  said   Indenture)  is
              registered at the close of business on the regular record date for
              such  interest  installment,   which  shall  be  the  __________or
              ____________,  as the case may be (whether or not a business day),
              immediately   preceding  such  interest  payment  date.  Any  such
              interest  installment  not so punctually paid or duly provided for
              shall  forthwith  cease to be payable to the registered  holder on
              such regular  record date,  and may be paid to the person in whose
              name this  Security  (or one or more  Predecessor  Securities)  is
              registered at the close of business on a special record date to be
              fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such  defaulted  interest,
              notice of which shall be given to the  registered  holders of this
              series  of  Securities  not more than 15 days and not less than 10
              days prior to such special record date, or may be paid at any time
              in any other lawful manner not inconsistent  with the requirements
              of any securities  exchange on which the Securities may be listed,
              and upon such notice as may be required by such  exchange,  all as
              more fully provided in the Indenture  hereinafter referred to. The
              principal of and the interest on this Security shall be payable in
              any coin or currency of the United  States of America which at the
              time of payment is legal  tender for payment of public and private
              debt, at the office or agency of the Company  maintained  for that
              purpose  in the City of  Monroe  and  State of  Louisiana,  or the
              Borough of Manhattan,  the City and State of New York,  or, at the
              option  of the  Company,  by  check  in  U.S.  dollars  mailed  or
              delivered to the person in whose name this Security is registered.

              This  Security  shall not be  entitled  to any  benefit  under the
      Indenture  hereinafter  referred to, or be valid or become  obligatory for
      any purpose,  until the  Certificate of  Authentication  hereon shall have
      been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

              The  provisions of this Security are continued on the reverse side
      hereof and such continued  provisions shall for all purposes have the same
      effect as though fully set forth at this place.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be
      executed.

                                          Dated: ___________________________

                                          CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.



                                          By _______________________________
                                                  [President/Vice President]

                                          Attest:


                                          By _______________________________
                                             [Secretary/Assistant Secretary]




                     (FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION)



                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

              This is one of the Securities of the above-designated series
      therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                            Regions Bank of Louisiana
                            as Trustee, Authenticating Agent and
                            Security Registrar


                            By _________________________________

                                     Authorized Officer



                          (FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY)


              This Security is one of a duly authorized  series of Securities of
              the Company (herein  sometimes  referred to as the  "Securities"),
              all  issued  or to be  issued  in one or  more  series  under  and
              pursuant to an Indenture  dated as of March 31, 1994 duly executed
              and  delivered  between the Company and Regions  Bank of Louisiana
              (successor  to  First  American  Bank &  Trust  of  Louisiana),  a
              Louisiana  banking  corporation  organized and existing  under the
              laws of the State of Louisiana,  as Trustee (herein referred to as
              the  "Trustee")  (said  Indenture  hereinafter  referred to as the
              "Indenture"),  to which  Indenture  reference is hereby made for a
              description  of the  rights,  limitation  of rights,  obligations,
              duties and immunities  thereunder of the Trustee,  the Company and
              the holders of the Securities.  By the terms of the Indenture, the
              Securities  are  issuable  in series  which may vary as to amount,
              date of maturity, rate of interest and in other respects as in the
              Indenture  provided.  This Security (herein called the "Security")
              is one of the series  designated on the face hereof (herein called
              the   "Series")   limited  in   aggregate   principal   amount  to
              $___,000,000.

                  In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, with
              respect to the Series shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the
              principal of all of the  Securities of the Series may be declared,
              and upon such declaration  shall become,  due and payable,  in the
              manner,  with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in
              the Indenture.

                  The Indenture contains  provisions  permitting the Company and
              the  Trustee,  with the  consent of the holders of not less than a
              majority in aggregate  principal  amount of the Securities of each
              series  affected  at  the  time  Outstanding,  as  defined  in the
              Indenture,  to execute supplemental  indentures for the purpose of
              adding any  provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
              any of the  provisions  of the  Indenture  or of any  supplemental
              indenture  or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders
              of the Securities;  provided,  however,  that no such supplemental
              indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Securities or
              any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof,  or reduce the
              rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon,  or reduce
              any  premium  payable  upon the  redemption  thereof,  without the
              consent of the holder of each  Security so affected or (ii) reduce
              the aforesaid  percentage of Securities,  the holders of which are
              required to consent to any such  supplemental  indenture,  without
              the consent of the holders of each Security then  Outstanding  and
              affected   thereby.   The  Indenture   also  contains   provisions
              permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
              of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf
              of the holders of  Securities  of such  series,  to waive any past
              default in the  performance  of any of the covenants  contained in
              the Indenture, or establish pursuant to the Indenture with respect
              to such  series,  and its  consequences,  except a default  in the
              payment of the  principal  of, or premium,  if any, or interest on
              any of the  Securities of such series.  Any such consent or waiver
              by the  registered  holder of this  Security  (unless  revoked  as
              provided in the  Indenture)  shall be conclusive  and binding upon
              such  holder  and upon  all  future  holders  and  owners  of this
              Security and of any Security issued in exchange hereof or in place
              hereof   (whether  by  registration  of  transfer  or  otherwise),
              irrespective  of whether or not any  notation  of such  consent or
              waiver is made upon this Security.

                  No reference  herein to the Indenture and no provision of this
              Security or of the Indenture  shall alter or impair the obligation
              of the Company,  which is absolute and  unconditional,  to pay the
              principal of and interest on this  Security at the times and place
              and at the rate and in the currency herein prescribed.

                  The Securities are issuable as registered  Securities  without
              coupons  in  denominations  of  $1,000  or any  integral  multiple
              thereof.  Securities may be exchanged,  upon presentation  thereof
              for that  purpose,  at the office or agency of the  Company in the
              City of Monroe and State of  Louisiana,  for other  Securities  of
              authorized  denominations,  and  for a  like  aggregate  principal
              amount and series,  and upon payment of a sum  sufficient to cover
              any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto.

                  The Securities will not be redeemable prior to maturity.

                                       or

                  The  Securities  will be  redeemable as a whole or in part, at
              the option of the Company at any time, at a redemption price equal
              to the  greater  of (i)  100%  of the  principal  amount  of  such
              Securities or (ii) the sum of the present  values of the remaining
              scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to
              the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year
              consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 12.5
              basis points,  plus in each case accrued  interest  thereon to the
              date of redemption.

                  "Treasury  Rate" means,  with respect to any redemption  date,
              the rate per annum  equal to the  semiannual  equivalent  yield to
              maturity of the Comparable  Treasury  Issue,  assuming a price for
              the Comparable  Treasury  Issue  (expressed as a percentage of its
              principal amount) equal to the Comparable  Treasury Price for such
              redemption date.

                  "Comparable  Treasury  Issue" means the United States Treasury
              security selected by an Independent  Investment Banker as having a
              maturity  comparable to the remaining term of the Securities to be
              redeemed  that would be utilized,  at the time of selection and in
              accordance  with  customary  financial  practice,  in pricing  new
              issues of corporate debt securities of comparable  maturity to the
              remaining term of such Securities. "Independent Investment Banker"
              means  one of the  Reference  Treasury  Dealers  appointed  by the
              Trustee after consultation with the Company.

                  "Comparable   Treasury  Price"  means,  with  respect  to  any
               redemption  date, (i) the average of the bid and asked prices for
               the  Comparable  Treasury  Issue  (expressed  in  each  case as a
               percentage  of its  principal  amount) on the third  business day
               preceding  such  redemption  date,  as set  forth  in  the  daily
               statistical  release (or any successor  release) published by the
               Federal  Reserve Bank of New York and designated  "Composite 3:30
               p.m. Quotations for U.S.  Government  Securities" or (ii) if such
               release (or any  successor  release) is not published or does not
               contain such prices on such  business day, (A) the average of the
               Reference  Treasury Dealer  Quotations for such redemption  date,
               after  excluding the highest and lowest such  Reference  Treasury
               Dealer Quotations,  or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four
               such Reference  Treasury  Dealer  Quotations,  the average of all
               such Quotations.  "Reference  Treasury Dealer  Quotations" means,
               with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption
               date, the average,  as determined by the Trustee,  of the bid and
               asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each
               case as a percentage of its principal  amount)  quoted in writing
               to the Trustee by such Reference  Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on
               the third business day preceding such redemption date.

                  "Reference   Treasury   Dealer"  means  each  of   PaineWebber
               Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner
               & Smith  Incorporated,  Smith  Barney Inc.  and their  respective
               successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall
               cease to be a primary U.S.  Government  securities  dealer in New
               York  City (a  "Primary  Treasury  Dealer"),  the  Company  shall
               substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

                  Notice of any  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but
               no more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of
               Securities to be redeemed.

                  Unless the  Company  defaults  in  payment  of the  redemption
               price,  on and after the  redemption  date interest will cease to
               accrue  on  the   Securities  or  portions   thereof  called  for
               redemption.

                  As   provided  in  the   Indenture   and  subject  to  certain
               limitations  therein set forth,  this Security is transferable by
               the  registered  holder  hereof on the  Security  Register of the
               Company,  upon  surrender of this  Security for  registration  of
               transfer  at the  office or agency of the  Company in the City of
               Monroe and State of Louisiana accompanied by a written instrument
               or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or
               the Security  Registrar  duly executed by the  registered  holder
               hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing,  and thereupon
               one or more new  Securities of authorized  denominations  and for
               the same aggregate  principal amount and series will be issued to
               the designated transferee or transferees.  No service charge will
               be made  for any  such  transfer,  but the  Company  may  require
               payment  of  a  sum   sufficient   to  cover  any  tax  or  other
               governmental charge payable in relation thereto.

                  Prior to due presentment for  registration of transfer of this
               Security  the  Company,  the  Trustee,  any Paying  Agent and any
               Security  Registrar  may deem and  treat  the  registered  holder
               hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Security
               shall be overdue and  notwithstanding  any notice of ownership or
               writing hereon made by anyone other than the Security  Registrar)
               for the  purpose  of  receiving  payment  of or on account of the
               principal  hereof  and  interest  due  hereon  and for all  other
               purposes,  and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying
               agent nor any Security  Registrar shall be affected by any notice
               to the contrary.

                  No recourse  shall be had for the payment of the  principal of
               or the interest on this Security,  or for any claim based hereon,
               or otherwise in respect hereof,  or based on or in respect of the
               Indenture,  against  any  incorporator,  stockholder,  affiliate,
               officer or director,  past,  present or future,  as such,  of the
               Company or of any predecessor or successor  corporation,  whether
               by virtue of any constitution,  statute or rule of law, or by the
               enforcement of any  assessment or penalty or otherwise,  all such
               liability  being,  by the  acceptance  hereof  and as part of the
               consideration  for the  issuance  hereof,  expressly  waived  and
               released.

                  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein
               shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

                  The  Indenture  and this  Security  shall be  governed  by and
               construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.


               (2) The principal  office of Regions Bank of Louisiana in Monroe,
               Louisiana is hereby  designated  and created as the agency of the
               Company in the City of Monroe and State of Louisiana at which (i)
               both the  principal  and the  interest  on the  Senior  Notes are
               payable on the terms and  conditions  specified in the  Indenture
               and notices,  presentations and demands to or upon the Company in
               respect  the Senior  Notes may be given or made,  (ii) the Senior
               Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and transferred
               or exchanged in  accordance  with the terms of the  Indenture and
               (iii) books for the registration and transfer of the Senior Notes
               shall be kept;

               (3) The principal  office of Regions Bank of Louisiana in Monroe,
               Louisiana is hereby designated and created as Security  Registrar
               of the  Company in the City of Monroe and State of  Louisiana  at
               which (i) the Company shall  register the Senior Notes,  (ii) the
               Senior  Notes may be  surrendered  for  transfer or exchange  and
               transferred  or  exchanged  in  accordance  with the terms of the
               Indenture,  and (iii) books for the  registration and transfer of
               the Senior Notes shall be kept; and

               (4) The Senior Notes hereby authorized by these resolutions shall
               be in substantially  the form and shall have the  characteristics
               provided in the  Indenture,  and the form of the Senior  Notes of
               each  such  series  set  forth in  these  resolutions  is  hereby
               approved and adopted.



      FURTHER RESOLVED THAT:

               (1) The President or any Vice  President of the Company is hereby
               authorized  to execute  and  deliver on behalf of the  Company an
               Underwriting   Agreement   (the   "Underwriting   Agreement")  in
               substantially the form of the Underwriting  Agreement included as
               an exhibit to the registration statement of Form S-3 filed by the
               Company on March 30, 1994 and declared  effective  April 11, 1994
               (Registration  No.  33-52915)  (the  "Registration   Statement"),
               reflecting  the  terms  of the  sale of the  Senior  Notes to the
               Underwriters named in such agreement, along with the accompanying
               Price  Determination  Agreement that confirms that the sale price
               of the Series C Notes (after  deducting an underwriting  discount
               of .65%) shall be 99.284% of the principal amount thereof and the
               sale price of the Series D Notes (after deducting an underwriting
               discount  of .875%)  shall be  98.904%  of the  principal  amount
               thereof;

               (2) The President or any Vice  President and the Secretary or any
               Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company are hereby  authorized  and
               directed to deliver to the  Trustee a  certified  record of these
               resolutions  setting  forth  the  terms  of the  Senior  Notes as
               required by Section 2.01 of the Indenture;

               (3) The President or any Vice  President of the Company is hereby
               authorized to execute  $50,000,000  aggregate principal amount of
               Series C Notes and  $100,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount of
               Series D Notes on behalf of the Company under its corporate  seal
               or a  facsimile  attested  by  the  Secretary  or  any  Assistant
               Secretary,  and  the  signature  of the  President,  or any  Vice
               President,  may be in the form of a  facsimile  signature  of the
               present  or any  future  President  or  Vice  President  and  the
               signature  of  the  Secretary  or  any  Assistant   Secretary  in
               attestation  of  the  corporate  seal  may be in  the  form  of a
               facsimile  signature  of the present or any future  Secretary  or
               Assistant  Secretary,  and should any officer who signs, or whose
               facsimile  signature  appears upon, any of the Senior Notes cease
               to be such an officer prior to their  issuance,  the Senior Notes
               so signed or bearing  such  facsimile  signature  shall  still be
               valid,  and  without  prejudice  to  the  use  of  the  facsimile
               signature of any other  officer as  hereinabove  authorized,  the
               facsimile  signature  of Glen F.  Post  III,  President,  and the
               facsimile  signature  of Harvey P. Perry,  Secretary,  are hereby
               expressly approved and adopted;

               (4) The  officers of the Company are hereby  authorized  to cause
               the  Senior   Notes  to  be   delivered   to  the   Trustee   for
               authentication   and  delivery  by  it  in  accordance  with  the
               provisions of the Indenture, and the Trustee is hereby authorized
               and requested to authenticate the Senior Notes upon compliance by
               the Company with the  provisions  of the Indenture and to deliver
               the same to or upon the  written  order of the  President  or any
               Vice  President  of the  Company,  and the  President or any Vice
               President  is hereby  authorized  to apply to the Trustee for the
               authentication and delivery of the Senior Notes;

               (5) The President or any Vice  President and the Treasurer or any
               Assistant  Treasurer  of the  Company are hereby  authorized  and
               empowered  to endorse,  in the name and on behalf or the Company,
               any and all checks  received in connection  with the sales of the
               Senior  Notes  for  application  as  described  in  the  offering
               materials  prepared and filed,  or to be prepared  and filed,  in
               connection  with the offering of the Senior Notes, or for deposit
               to the  account  of the  Company  in any bank,  and that any such
               endorsement be sufficient to bind the Company;

               (6) The  officers of the Company are hereby  authorized  to issue
               and sell the aggregate  principal  amounts of the Senior Notes at
               the  price and upon the  terms  and  conditions  set forth in the
               Underwriting   Agreement   (including  the   accompanying   Price
               Determination Agreement) covering the sale of the Senior Notes;

               (7) The dissemination and filing with the Securities and Exchange
               Commission of a prospectus  supplement (to the  prospectus  dated
               April 11, 1994 forming a part of the  Registration  Statement) in
               substantially the form presented to the members of this Committee
               is hereby authorized,  and the officers of the Company are hereby
               authorized to prepare,  disseminate  and file with the Securities
               and Exchange  Commission  any additional  prospectus  supplements
               that may be necessary or appropriate;

               (8) The  officers of the Company  are  authorized  to execute and
               deliver all such instruments and documents, to incur on behalf of
               the Company all such expenses and  obligations,  to make all such
               payments,  and to do all such  other  acts and things as they may
               consider   necessary  or  desirable   in   connection   with  the
               accomplishment  of the  intent  and  purposes  of  the  foregoing
               resolutions, including without limitation obtaining all necessary
               and  appropriate  CUSIP numbers and debt  ratings,  retaining all
               necessary  printing  companies,  engraving  companies  and  other
               agents  or  advisers,   executing  and   delivering  all  closing
               instruments   that  are   contemplated   by  the   Indenture   or
               Underwriting  Agreement  or  that  are  otherwise  customary  and
               appropriate,  and issuing any  necessary  and  appropriate  press
               releases; and

               (9) All actions  heretofore  taken by the officers of the Company
               that  would have been  authorized  hereunder  if taken  after the
               adoption of these  resolutions  are hereby ratified and confirmed
               in all respects as the acts of the Company.



                                                                 Exhibit 10.1(a)


                                AMENDMENT TO THE
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                     EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF OUACHITA

     BE IT KNOWN,  that on this 26 day of  January,  1996,  before  me, a Notary
Public, duly commissioned and qualified in and for the Parish of Ouachita, State
of Louisiana, therein residing and in the presence of the undersigned witnesses:

     PERSONALLY CAME AND APPEARED:

     CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES,  INC., represented herein by its Senior Vice
President and Chief  Financial  Officer,  R. Stewart Ewing,  Jr., as Settlor and
Employer, which hereby executes the following amendment to the Century Telephone
Enterprises,  Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, such amendment to be
effective November 16, 1995:

     Insert the following sentence at the end of Section 7.1:

         "Finally,  notwithstanding  the above vesting  schedule,  an Employee's
         right  to his or her  Account  balance  shall  fully  vest  and  become
         nonforfeitable   automatically  upon  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the
         following events:  (i) the acquisition by any "person" (as such term is
         used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
         (the "Exchange Act")), other than Employer or any employee benefit plan
         or related  trust or  affiliate  of  Employer or its  subsidiaries,  of
         beneficial  ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
         Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of Employer
         representing  30% or more of the combined  voting  power of  Employer's
         then outstanding  securities entitled to vote generally in the election
         of directors, but not including any acquisition directly from Employer;
         (ii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, share
         exchange,  or sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of
         the assets of Employer unless,  immediately thereafter, at least 50% of
         the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor corporation,
         or,  if  applicable,   the  parent  company   thereof  (the  "Surviving
         Company"),  are owned by Employer's  shareholders  immediately prior to
         such  time,  at least a  majority  of the  directors  of the  Surviving
         Company  were  directors of Employer at the time such  transaction  was
         approved,  and no person or entity (excluding any employee benefit plan
         or related trust of Employer or the Surviving Company and any person or
         entity that was a  shareholder  of Employer  immediately  prior to such
         time)  beneficially owns 20% or more of the outstanding voting power of
         the  Surviving  Company;  (iii)  during any  period of two  consecutive
         years,  individuals who at the beginning of such period  constitute the
         Board of Directors of Employer  cease for any reason to  constitute  at
         least a majority thereof,  unless the election of each director who was
         not a director at the beginning of such period shall have been approved
         in  advance  by  directors  representing  at  least  two-thirds  of the
         directors  then in office who were  directors  at the  beginning of the
         period;  or (iv) the approval by Employer's  shareholders of a complete
         liquidation or dissolution of Employer."

     THUS DONE AND SIGNED on the day first above  shown,  in the presence of the
undersigned  competent  witnesses,  who hereunto  sign their names with the said
appearer and me, Notary, after reading of the whole.

WITNESSES:                             CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ Sandra B. Post                     BY:  /s/   R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.,
- ---------------------                     ------------------------------
                                          R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.,
                                          Senior Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Sherry Bowen
- ---------------------


                      /s/  Kathy Tettleton
                      -----------------------
                           NOTARY PUBLIC




                       ACCEPTANCE OF AMENDMENT BY TRUSTEE
STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF OUACHITA


         On this 8th day of March, 1996,

         BEFORE ME, a Notary  Public,  and in the  presence  of the  undersigned
competent witnesses, personally came and appeared:

                            REGIONS BANK OF LOUISIANA

which  declared that it is appearing  herein for the purpose of accepting and it
does hereby  accept the  Amendment to the Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.
Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan and Trust adopted by the Settlor on January 26,
1996.

         THUS DONE AND SIGNED at Monroe, Louisiana, on the date first above
written.

WITNESSES:
                                            REGIONS BANK OF LOUISIANA


/s/ Linda G. Foss                           By: /s/ William W. Keith  
- ----------------------                          ---------------------
                                                William W. Keith
                                                Executive Vice President

/s/ Bruce F. Jones
- ----------------------
                             /s/ Cathy M. Yelverton
                             -----------------------
                                  NOTARY PUBLIC






                                                                 Exhibit 10.1(b)


                                AMENDMENT TO THE
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                       STOCK BONUS PLAN, PAYSOP AND TRUST


STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF OUACHITA


         BE IT KNOWN, that on this 26 day of January,  1996, before me, a Notary
Public, duly commissioned and qualified in and for the Parish of Ouachita, State
of Louisiana, therein residing and in the presence of the undersigned witnesses:
         
         PERSONALLY CAME AND APPEARED:
         
         CENTURY TELEPHONE  ENTERPRISES,  INC., represented herein by its Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer,  R. Stewart Ewing,  Jr., as Settlor
and  Employer,  which  hereby  executes the  following  amendment to the Century
Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. Stock Bonus Plan, PAYSOP and Trust, such amendment
to be effective November 16, 1995:

         Insert the following sentence at the end of Section 7.1(b):

              "Finally,   notwithstanding   the  above  vesting   schedule,   an
         Employee's  right to his or her  Account  balance  shall fully vest and
         become  nonforfeitable  automatically upon the occurrence of any of the
         following events:  (i) the acquisition by any "person" (as such term is
         used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
         (the "Exchange Act")), other than Employer or any employee benefit plan
         or related  trust or  affiliate  of  Employer or its  subsidiaries,  of
         beneficial  ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
         Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of Employer
         representing  30% or more of the combined  voting  power of  Employer's
         then outstanding  securities entitled to vote generally in the election
         of directors, but not including any acquisition directly from Employer;
         (ii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, share
         exchange,  or sale or other  disposition of all or substantially all of
         the assets of Employer unless,  immediately thereafter, at least 50% of
         the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor corporation,
         or,  if  applicable,   the  parent  company   thereof  (the  "Surviving
         Company"),  are owned by Employer's  shareholders  immediately prior to
         such  time,  at least a  majority  of the  directors  of the  Surviving
         Company  were  directors of Employer at the time such  transaction  was
         approved,  and no person or entity (excluding any employee benefit plan
         or related trust of Employer or the Surviving Company and any person or
         entity that was a  shareholder  of Employer  immediately  prior to such
         time)  beneficially owns 20% or more of the outstanding voting power of
         the  Surviving  Company;  (iii)  during any  period of two  consecutive
         years,  individuals who at the beginning of such period  constitute the
         Board of Directors of Employer  cease for any reason to  constitute  at
         least a majority thereof,  unless the election of each director who was
         not a director at the beginning of such period shall have been approved
         in  advance  by  directors  representing  at  least  two-thirds  of the
         directors  then in office who were  directors  at the  beginning of the
         period;  or (iv) the approval by Employer's  shareholders of a complete
         liquidation or dissolution of Employer."

     THUS DONE AND SIGNED on the day first above  shown,  in the presence of the
undersigned  competent  witnesses,  who hereunto  sign their names with the said
appearer and me, Notary, after reading of the whole.

WITNESSES:                           CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ Sandra B. Post                    By: /s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
- --------------------                      -------------------------
                                          R. Stewart Ewing, Jr., 
                                          Senior Vice President and 
                                          Chief Financial Officer
/s/ Sherry Bowen
- --------------------

                               /s/ Kathy Tettleton
                              ---------------------
                                  NOTARY PUBLIC



                       ACCEPTANCE OF AMENDMENT BY TRUSTEE
STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF OUACHITA


         On this 8th day of March, 1996,

         BEFORE ME, a Notary  Public,  and in the  presence  of the  undersigned
competent witnesses, personally came and appeared:

                            REGIONS BANK OF LOUISIANA

which  declared that it is appearing  herein for the purpose of accepting and it
does hereby  accept the  Amendment to the Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.
Stock Bonus Plan, PAYSOP and Trust adopted by the Settlor on January 26, 1996.

         THUS DONE AND SIGNED at  Monroe,  Louisiana,  on the date  first  above
written.

WITNESSES:                                   REGIONS BANK OF LOUISIANA


/s/ Linda G. Foss                            BY: /s/ William W. Keith
- -------------------                             --------------------------
                                                William W. Keith,
                                                Executive Vice President

/s/ Bruce F. Jones
- -------------------
                             /s/ Cathy M. Yelverton
                           -------------------------
                                  NOTARY PUBLIC



                                        

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1(d)

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                     SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
                                1995 RESTATEMENT


I.       Purpose of the Plan

         This Restated  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Plan (the "Plan") is
intended to provide Century Telephone Enterprises,  Inc. (the "Company") and its
subsidiaries a method for  attracting and retaining key employees;  to provide a
method for  recognizing  the  contributions  of such  personnel;  and to promote
executive and  managerial  flexibility,  thereby  advancing the interests of the
Company and its  stockholders.  In  addition,  the Plan is intended to provide a
more adequate  level of retirement  benefits in  combination  with the Company's
general retirement program.

II.      Definitions

         As used in this Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have the  meanings
indicated, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires:

         2.01 "ACCRUED BENEFIT",  as of a given date, shall mean an amount equal
to the basic monthly  benefit to which a  Participant  is entitled on his Normal
Retirement  Date in  accordance  with  Section  5.01 using his  Average  Monthly
Compensation, Estimated Primary Insurance Amount and Credited Service determined
as of such given date, in lieu of the corresponding amounts determined as of his
Normal Retirement Date.

         2.02  "ACTUARIAL  EQUIVALENT"  shall  mean the  amount of  pension of a
different type or payable at a different age that has the same value as computed
by the Actuary on the basis of interest and mortality tables.  Mortality will be
based  on the UP84  Mortality  Table.  The  interest  rate  will be equal to the
Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation's  published  interest rate for immediate
annuities on the date of pension commencement.

         2.03 "AVERAGE  MONTHLY  COMPENSATION"  shall mean the average of the 36
consecutive  months'  Compensation  of a  Participant  which produce the highest
average  out of the last 120  months  of  employment.  No  compensation  will be
considered  during a period of Leave of  Absence  for  purposes  of  determining
Average Monthly Compensation.

         2.04  "BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS"  shall  mean not less than a quorum of the
whole Board of Directors of Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

         2.05  "CHANGE  IN  CONTROL"  shall  mean the  occurrence  of any of the
following (i) the  acquisition  by any "person" (as such term is used in Section
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act")),
other  than  the  Company  or any  employee  benefit  plan or  related  trust or
affiliate  of the  Company or its  subsidiaries,  of  beneficial  ownership  (as
defined  in  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Company  representing  30% or  more  of the
combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities  entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors,  but not including any  acquisition
directly from the Company;  (ii) the  consummation  of a merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  share  exchange,  or  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company unless,  immediately  thereafter,
at least 50% of the  outstanding  voting  power of the  surviving  or  successor
corporation,  or, if  applicable,  the parent  company  thereof (the  "Surviving
Company"),  are owned by the Company's  shareholders  immediately  prior to such
time,  at least a  majority  of the  directors  of the  Surviving  Company  were
directors  of the  Company at the time such  transaction  was  approved,  and no
person or entity  (excluding  any employee  benefit plan or related trust of the
Company or the Surviving Company and any person or entity that was a shareholder
of the Company  immediately prior to such time) beneficially owns 20% or more of
the outstanding voting power of the Surviving  Company;  (iii) during any period
of two  consecutive  years,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of such  period
constitute  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  cease  for any  reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the  beginning of such period shall have been  approved in
advance by directors  representing at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office who were  directors at the beginning of the period;  or (iv) the approval
by the Company's  shareholders  of a complete  liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.

         2.06  "COMMITTEE"  shall  mean  three or more  members  of the Board of
Directors  as  described  in  Section  14.01  of the  Plan,  or the  Board if no
Committee has been appointed.

         2.07  "COMPANY"  shall mean Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc., any
Subsidiary  thereof,   and  any  affiliate   designated  by  the  Company  as  a
participating employer under this Plan.

         2.08  "COMPENSATION"  shall  mean  the sum of a  Participant's  Salary,
determined  under  Section 2.19 and  Incentive  Compensation,  determined  under
Section 2.14, for a particular month.

         2.09 "CREDITED  SERVICE" shall mean  employment for which a Participant
is entitled to receive service credit for accrual of benefit and for eligibility
for benefits under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.01.

         2.10  "DISABILITY"  shall mean a condition  which  makes a  Participant
unable to perform each of the material duties of his regular occupation where he
is likely to remain thus incapacitated continuously and permanently.

         2.11 "EFFECTIVE DATE" of this  Restatement  shall be November 16, 1995.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the survivor  annuity provided under Article IX
hereof shall only apply to  Participants  who had not retired as of July 1, 1994
and whose date of death was on or after July 1, 1994,  and the  amendment to the
definition of  Compensation  contained in the 1994 Amendment and  Restatement of
the Plan shall  apply to  Compensation  paid on or after  January  1,  1994.  In
addition,  the  benefits  provided  hereunder  for Jim D. Reppond and C. Kenneth
Conrad shall be computed  without  regard to the amendment to the  definition of
Compensation contained in the 1994 Amendment and Restatement of the Plan and the
provision of the survivor annuity referenced in the preceding sentence.

         2.12 "EMPLOYER"  shall mean Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc., any
Subsidiary  thereof,   and  any  affiliate   designated  by  the  Company  as  a
participating employer under this Plan.

         2.13  "ESTIMATED  PRIMARY  INSURANCE  AMOUNT"  shall  mean the  monthly
primary  insurance  amount  calculated  to be  available  at age 65 based on the
Social  Security law in effect on the  Participant's  Normal  Retirement Date or
earlier date of termination.  The primary  insurance amount of a Participant who
terminates prior to Normal Retirement Date shall be based on the assumption that
the  Participant  earns no  compensation  between his  termination  date and his
Normal Retirement Date.

         2.14 "INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION" shall mean the monthly equivalent of the
amount  awarded to a  Participant  under the  Company's  Key Employee  Incentive
Compensation Program or other incentive  compensation  arrangement maintained by
the Company,  including the amount of any stock award in its cash  equivalent at
the  time of  conversion  of the  award  from  cash to  stock.  A  Participant's
Incentive  Compensation  shall be  determined on a monthly basis by dividing the
amount of the Incentive  Compensation award by the number of months to which the
award relates. Each award of Incentive  Compensation shall, for purposes of this
Plan, be allocated to the month or months to which the award relates, i.e., that
period of time during which the award was earned.

         2.15 "LEAVE OF ABSENCE" shall mean any extraordinary absence authorized
by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices.

         2.16  "NORMAL  RETIREMENT  DATE"  shall mean the first day of the month
coincident with or next following a Participant's 65th birthday.

         2.17  "PARTICIPANT"  shall  mean any  officer  of the  Employer  who is
granted  participation  in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article
III.

         2.18  "PLAN" shall mean the Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan, as amended and restated herein.

         2.19  "SALARY"  shall mean the monthly  equivalent  of a  Participant's
annual  rate  of pay as of the  date of  determination  of  benefits  hereunder,
exclusive, however, of bonus payments, overtime payments,  commissions,  imputed
income on life insurance,  vehicle allowances,  relocation  expenses,  severance
payments, and any other extra compensation.

         2.20 "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any corporation in which the Company owns,
directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, at least fifty percent (50%) of the
combined voting power of all classes of stock.

III.     Participation

         3.01  Any officer who is either one of the key employees of the Company
in a position to contribute  materially to the continued growth and future
financial success of the Company, or one who has made a significant contribution
to the Company's operations, thereby meriting special recognition, shall be 
eligible to participate provided the following requirements are met:

              a. The officer is  employed  on a  full-time  basis by Century
Telephone Enterprises, Inc., any Subsidiary thereof, or any affiliate designated
by the Company as a participating employer under this Plan.

              b. The officer is compensated for full-time employment by a 
regular salary;

              c. The  coverage  of the  officer is duly  approved by the Board 
of  Directors  of Century  Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

It is intended that  participation  in this Plan shall be extended only to those
officers who are members of a select group of management and highly  compensated
employees, as determined by the Committee.

         3.02  Any officer who is currently a Participant  in the Plan shall
continue to be a Participant  in the Plan as amended and restated.

         3.03 Any officer who met the requirements  defined in Section 3.01, who
was age 60 as of  November  21,  1983,  and who was  employed  by the Company on
January 1, 1990, will receive benefits equal to the greater of:

              a. the benefit determined under this Plan, or

              b. a monthly benefit equal to sixty-five  percent (65%) of Salary
offset by retirement income payable to the individual executive from:
         
                 1.  Social Security (Primary Insurance Amount only) determined
as of date of retirement under the Social Security Act.

                 2.  The Company's Stock Bonus Plan and PAYSOP (in which case 
the Stock Bonus Plan and PAYSOP accumulation at date of determination  will be 
converted to a monthly annuity on a straight life basis based upon actuarial 
assumptions with respect to mortality and investment  return).  The mortality
assumptions will be based upon the 1971 Group Annuity  Mortality Table. The 
investment return  assumption will reflect current market conditions as 
measured by the  52-week  Treasury  bill rate as determined monthly.

                 3.  Benefits  payable  from  any  qualified  or  nonqualified
plan attributable to prior employment for those officers who are hired on or 
after attainment of age 55 (in which case the benefit(s) will be expressed in
terms of a monthly  annuity on a straight life basis payable at date of 
retirement).

IV.      Credited Service

         4.01  A Participant  will receive  credit for each year of  employment,
calculated  in  completed  years and  months  regardless  of the number of hours
worked.  Credited service will include all years of service prior to becoming an
officer of the Company,  years of service  following Normal Retirement Date, and
years of service with any Subsidiary or any affiliate  designated by the Company
as a  participating  employer under this Plan. In addition,  periods of Leave of
Absence and  periods  during  which  severance  pay is  provided  shall count as
periods of service.  A fraction of a year of Credited  Service will be given for
completed months during the year of termination.

         4.02 At the  discretion  of the  Board  of  Directors,  service  with a
predecessor  employer may be credited for purposes of this Plan. If such service
is  credited to a  Participant,  the  benefit  payable  under this Plan shall be
reduced by any benefit payable from the prior  employer.  The Board of Directors
shall make a determination  whether service with a predecessor  employer will be
credited  to  a  Participant   prior  to  the   Participant's   commencement  of
participation  in this  Plan,  and  such  determination,  once  made,  shall  be
irrevocable.  If no  determination  is made by the Board of Directors prior to a
Participant's  commencement  of  participation  in  this  Plan,  service  with a
predecessor  employer by such Participant  shall not be credited for purposes of
this Plan.

V.       Normal Retirement

         5.01 Except as provided in Section 3.03, the monthly retirement benefit
payable to a  Participant  on his Normal  Retirement  Date shall be equal to (a)
less (b), where:

              (a)  is 1 1/2% of Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by 
Credited Service, not greater than 30 years.

              (b)  is 3 1/3% of Estimated Primary Insurance Amount,  multiplied
by Credited Service, not greater than 30 years.

         5.02 The normal form of payment of a  Participant's  normal  retirement
benefit shall be an annuity payable for the life of the Participant.

VI.      Late Retirement

         6.01 If a Participant  remains  employed  beyond his Normal  Retirement
Date,  his late  retirement  date will be the first day of the month  coincident
with or next following his actual date of retirement.

         6.02 A Participant's  late retirement benefit will be calculated in
accordance with Section 5.01, based on his Average Monthly Compensation  and
Credited  Service as of his late retirement date. His Primary Insurance Amount 
will be computed as of his Normal Retirement Date.

VII.     Early Retirement

         7.01 A Participant who has attained age 55, and who has completed 15 or
more  years  of  service,   is  eligible  for  early  retirement.   An  eligible
Participant's  early  retirement  date is the first day of the month  coincident
with or next following the date he terminates employment.

         7.02 A Participant's  early  retirement  benefit is 100% of his Accrued
Benefit  computed  as of his  early  retirement  date,  payable  at  his  Normal
Retirement Date.

         7.03 A Participant  may elect to receive his early  retirement  benefit
prior to Normal  Retirement  Date,  in which event the benefit  payable  will be
reduced according to the following schedule:

           Age at Commencement           Percentage of Accrued Benefit

                   55                                  50  %
                   56                                  53  %
                   57                                  56  %
                   58                                  60  %
                   59                                  63  %
                   60                                  66  %
                   61                                  73  %
                   62                                  80  %
                   63                                  86  %
                   64                                  93  %
                   65                                 100  %

         7.04 The Board of  Directors,  at its sole  discretion,  may grant to a
Participant  100% of his Accrued  Benefit,  payable at his early retirement date
without such benefit being subject to the  reductions set forth in Section 7.03,
provided the Participant has met the requirements of Section 7.01.

VIII.    Disability

         8.01 A Participant  who becomes  disabled,  as defined in Section 2.10,
prior to retirement or  termination  of service will be entitled to a disability
benefit computed in accordance with Section 8.02.

         8.02  A  Participant's   disability   benefit  will  be  calculated  in
accordance  with  Section  5.01 based on (1) his  Average  Monthly  Compensation
projected to Normal  Retirement Date assuming his Compensation as of the date of
his disability remains constant,  (2) his projected service to Normal Retirement
Date and (3) his Estimated Primary Insurance Amount based on the Social Security
law in effect on the date of his disability.

         8.03 A  Participant's  disability  benefit will  commence at his Normal
Retirement  Date,  and the  normal  form of benefit  payment  will be an annuity
payable for the life of the Participant.

IX.      Death Benefit

         9.01 Upon the death of a  Participant  who is  actively  employed or on
Leave of Absence at the time of his death or who has retired or become  disabled
prior  to the  commencement  of  benefit  payments  hereunder,  a  Participant's
beneficiary  (as  determined  under  Section 9.02) will be entitled to receive a
death benefit determined in accordance with Section 9.03.

         9.02 The beneficiary of a Participant who is married on the date of his
death shall be his spouse. The beneficiary of an unmarried  Participant shall be
his living children as of his date of death.

         9.03 The monthly death benefit payable to the beneficiary of a
Participant shall be equal to (a) less (b), where:

                  (a) is 36% of Average  Monthly  Compensation  projected to his
Normal Retirement Date assuming his Compensation as of his date of death remains
constant until his Normal Retirement Date.

                  (b) the amount of primary Social Security benefits received by
the beneficiary,  or to which the beneficiary may be entitled,  as determined by
the Committee.  The  Committee's  determination  hereunder  shall be binding and
conclusive.

         9.04 The death benefit shall be paid to the surviving spouse, if any,
of the  Participant  for his or her life. If the Participant is unmarried at the
date of death, or if the surviving  spouse dies subsequent to the  Participant's
death, the death benefit shall be paid to the  Participant's  surviving child or
children (or legal representative of any minor child) in equal shares. The death
benefit  payable  to a child  shall  terminate  upon the  later  of the  child's
attainment  of  age  19 or age  23,  if a  full-time  student  at an  accredited
educational  institution,  and such  share  shall  thereafter  revert  to and be
payable equally to the remaining surviving children of the Participant until the
interest of each such surviving child has terminated.

         9.05 If a Participant  has no surviving  spouse or children at the date
of his or her death, no death benefit shall be paid under this Plan.

X.       Termination of Service; Change in Control

         10.01 If a Participant terminates service prior to death, disability or
retirement, his Accrued Benefit determined under Section 2.01 shall be vested in
accordance with the following schedule:

            Years of Service                            Vested %
            ----------------                            --------
              less than 5                                   0%
                5 or more                                 100%

         10.02  A Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is payable at his Normal
Retiremen  Date. A Participant may elect to have his benefit  commence prior to
age  65  but  after  age 55 if he  meets  the  service  requirements  for  early
retirement pursuant to Section 7.01. If the benefit commences before age 65, the
amount of monthly benefit will be reduced according to the schedule set forth in
Section 7.03.

         10.03 (a)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Plan or in
any applicable  law or  regulation,  upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a
Change in Control,  (ii) the date that any person or entity  submits an offer or
proposal to the Company that results in or leads to a Change in Control (whether
by such person or any other person) or (iii) the date of the public announcement
of a Change in Control or an offer,  proposal or proxy solicitation that results
in or leads to a Change in Control  (whether by the person or entity making such
announcement or any other person) (the earliest of such dates being  hereinafter
referred to as the "Effective  Date"),  the Accrued Benefit of each  Participant
(other than any Participant whose service as an employee was terminated prior to
full  vesting of his  Accrued  Benefit  under  Section  10.01) and the  benefits
conferred under this Section shall  automatically vest and thereafter may not be
adversely  affected  in any  matter  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Participant.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in this Plan,  upon the
occurrence  of a Change in  Control  any  Participant  who is then  employed  by
Century or its subsidiaries  ("Active  Participants")  shall have an irrevocable
right to receive, and the Company shall be irrevocably  obligated to pay, a lump
sum cash payment in an amount determined pursuant to this Section if the Company
or its successor,  during a period commencing upon the Effective Date and ending
on the  third  anniversary  of the  occurrence  of the  Change in  Control,  (i)
terminates  the  Active  Participant's  employment,   (ii)  reduces  the  Active
Participant's  salary in effect  immediately  prior to the Effective Date, (iii)
diminishes the Active Participant's duties,  responsibilities or position in the
management  of the Company or (iv) requires the Active  Participant  to relocate
involuntarily  to an  office  outside  of the  city in which  he  performed  his
services  for the Company  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Date (each such
action  being  referred  to as an  "Effective  Termination").  The lump sum cash
payment  payable  to Active  Participants  under  this  Section  (the  "Lump Sum
Payment")  shall  be  paid  on the  date  of  Effective  Termination  or as soon
thereafter as is administratively feasible.

               (b) The amount of each Lump Sum Payment shall be determined as
 follows:

                  (i)  With respect to any Active Participant who, after giving
effect  to the  terms of subsection (b)(iv) below, is eligible as of the date of
Effective Termination to receive benefits under Articles V or VI of this Plan, 
the Lump Sum Payment shall equal the Present  Value (as  defined  below) of the
stream of payments to which such participant would have otherwise been entitled
to receive immediately upon Effective Termination in accordance with Articles V
or VI of this Plan (assuming such  benefits  are paid in the form of a  lifetime
annuity), based upon such participant's Average Monthly Compensation, Estimated
Primary Insurance Amount and Credited  Service as of the date of Effective 
Termination,  without  giving effect to any salary reductions that gave rise to
such Effective  Termination, but after giving effect to the terms of subsection
(b)(iv) below.

                  (ii) With respect to any Active Participant who, after giving
effect to the terms of subsection  (b)(iv) below, is not eligible as of the date
of Effective Termination to receive benefits under Articles V, VI or VII of this
Plan,  the Lump Sum Payment  shall  equal the product of (A) the Present  Value,
calculated  as of age 65, of the stream of  payments  to which such  participant
would have otherwise  been entitled to receive at age 65 in accordance  with the
terms  of this  Plan  based on the  same  assumptions  and  terms  set  forth in
subsection  (b)(i)  above,  multiplied  times  (B) such  discount  factor  as is
necessary to reduce the amount  determined under subsection  (b)(ii)(A) above to
its Present Value, it being understood that in calculating such discount factor,
no discount shall be applied to reflect the  possibility  that such  participant
may die prior to attaining age 65.

                   (iii)  With  respect  to any Active  Participant  who,  after
giving effect to the terms of subsection  (b)(iv)  below,  is eligible as of the
date of Effective Termination to receive benefits under Article VII of the Plan,
the Lump Sum Payment  shall  equal the  greater of (A) the Present  Value of the
stream of payments to which such participant  would have otherwise been entitled
to receive immediately upon Effective Termination in accordance with Article VII
of this  Plan,  based  upon the  assumptions  and terms set forth in  subsection
(b)(i) above,  or (B) the Present Value,  calculated as of age 65, of the stream
of payments to which such participant  would otherwise be entitled to receive at
age 65 in accordance  with this Plan,  determined in the same manner and subject
to the same assumptions and terms set forth in subsection (b)(ii) above.

                   (iv)  In calculating  the Lump Sum Payment due to any Active
Participant  under this Section,  the number of years of Credited Service of the
Active  Participant  shall be deemed to equal the  number of years  determinable
under  the  other  sections  of this  Plan  plus  three  years  and  the  Active
Participant's  age shall be deemed to equal his  actual  age plus  three  years;
provided,  however,  that in no event shall the provisions of this subsection be
applicable if the application thereof will reduce the Active  Participant's Lump
Sum Payment from the amount that would otherwise be payable with the addition of
less than three years of service, age or both.

                   (v)  As used in this Section with respect to any amount, the
"Present  Value" of such amount shall mean the  discounted  value of such amount
that is determined by making customary present value  calculations in accordance
with generally  accepted  actuarial  principles,  provided that (A) the discount
interest  rate applied in  connection  therewith  shall equal the interest  rate
quoted by the Bloomberg Municipal AAA General Obligation 5-Year Index (as of the
close of business on the first  business  day of the  calendar  quarter in which
such  present  value  calculations  are made) or, in the event  such index is no
longer published,  any similar index for comparable municipal securities and (B)
the  mortality  tables  applied in  connection  therewith  shall be "1983  Group
Annuity  Mortality  Table (50%  male/50%  female)" as  prescribed by the Pension
Benefit  Guaranty   Corporation  or  any  successor  table  prescribed  by  such
organization.

          (c)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Plan,  upon the
sooner of the  occurrence of a Change in Control or the approval by the Board of
Directors of the Company of any Change in Control,  the Company  shall  promptly
consult with each Participant who has already begun to receive periodic payments
under this Plan ("Retired Participants") and, following such consultations,  the
Company  shall have the option with respect to each Retired  Participant  to (i)
confirm  in writing  its  obligation  to  continue  to  provide to such  Retired
Participant  all  benefits  hereunder in the same manner  provided  prior to the
Change in Control or (ii) make a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the
Present  Value of the  participant's  future  stream  of  payments  which  would
otherwise  be payable  under this Plan.  If the  Company  elects to furnish  any
Retired  Participant  with a lump sum cash  payment,  the Company shall offer to
assist such participant in purchasing at such  participant's cost an annuity for
the benefit of such participant.

          (d)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Plan,  upon the
occurrence  of  Change  in  Control,  any  Participant  (other  than  a  Retired
Participant) who is then a former employee of Century or its subsidiaries  whose
Accrued Benefit is vested under Section 10.01  ("Inactive  Participants")  shall
have an irrevocable and unconditional right to receive, and the Company shall be
irrevocably  and  unconditionally  obligated  to pay,  a lump sum  payment in an
amount  determined  in the manner  provided in subsection  (b)(ii) or (iii),  as
applicable;  provided, however, that no Inactive Participant will be entitled to
the benefits of subsection (b)(iv).

XI.      Form of Benefit Payment

         11.01 The normal form of benefit payment is a monthly lifetime annuity,
payable in accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices.

         11.02 A Participant  may, prior to commencement of participation in the
Plan,  elect an optional form of payment which is the Actuarial  Equivalent of a
Participant's basic monthly pension, as follows:

                  Option 1: A reduced  monthly  pension payable for the lifetime
of the Participant with a minimum of sixty (60) monthly payments guaranteed.

                  Option 2: A reduced  monthly  pension payable for the lifetime
of the Participant  with a minimum of one hundred twenty (120) monthly  payments
guaranteed.

                  Option 3: A reduced  monthly  pension payable for the lifetime
of the Participant  with a minimum of one hundred eighty (180) monthly  payments
guaranteed.

                  Option  4:  A  reduced   monthly   pension,   payable  to  the
Participant for the life of the  Participant,  with monthly payments of one-half
(1/2) the reduced  amount that was payable  monthly to the  Participant  payable
after the Participant's death for the life of the Participant's spouse.

                  Option 5: A reduced monthly pension payable to the Participant
for the life of the  Participant,  with reduced  monthly  payments of two thirds
(2/3) of the reduced amount that was payable monthly to the Participant  payable
after the Participant's death for the life of the Participant's spouse.

                  Option 6: A reduced monthly pension payable to the Participant
for the life of the Participant,  with reduced monthly payments of three fourths
(3/4) of the reduced amount that was payable monthly to the Participant  payable
after the Participant's death for the life of the Participant's spouse.

                  Option 7: A reduced monthly pension payable to the Participant
for the life of the Participant, with the same monthly pension payable after the
Participant's death for the life of the Participant's spouse.

         11.03 If a  Participant  does not  elect an  optional  form of  benefit
payment under Section 11.02 prior to the  commencement of  participation  in the
Plan, such  Participant's  benefits shall be paid in the normal form provided in
Section 11.01.

XII.     Reemployment of Participants

         12.01 If a Participant retires or otherwise terminates  employment with
the Employer and such Participant is reemployed by the Employer, his entitlement
to any benefits will be determined on the basis of the provisions of the Plan in
effect on his  subsequent  termination  date.  The benefit  will be based on the
Average Monthly  Compensation,  Estimated  Primary Insurance Amount and Credited
Service  as of the date of  subsequent  termination,  taking  into  account  all
Credited Service prior to the Participant's  reemployment  date. For purposes of
calculating  Average  Monthly  Compensation,  the average of the 36  consecutive
months'  Compensation  which  produce  the  highest  average out of the last 120
months of employment will be considered, without regard to the break in service.

         12.02 If a Participant is reemployed  after benefit  commencement,  the
payment  of any  benefit  to such  Participant  under the Plan on account of his
retirement or severance shall be suspended by reason of such  reemployment.  The
amount of his  benefit  at his  subsequent  termination  will be  calculated  in
accordance  with Section  12.01 but reduced by the  Actuarial  Equivalent of any
benefit payments received prior to subsequent termination.

         12.03 The form of monthly benefit  payment upon subsequent  termination
shall be the form of payment  that was in effect prior to  reemployment.  If the
Participant  was  married  at  the  time  of  benefit  commencement,  and if the
Participant's spouse dies prior to subsequent  commencement of benefit payments,
such form of payment shall remain  applicable  (as though he were married to his
deceased spouse) with no further payments upon his death.

XIII.    Additional Restrictions on Benefit Payments

         13.01 In no event will there be a duplication of benefits payable under
the Plan because of employment by more than one participating Employer.

XIV.     Administration and Interpretation

         14.01 The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors  through
a  Committee  which  shall  consist  of three or more  members  of the  Board of
Directors of the Company.  No individual who is or has ever been a member of the
Committee  shall be  eligible  to be  designated  as a  participant  or  receive
payments under this Plan.  The Committee  shall have full power and authority to
interpret and  administer  the Plan and,  subject to the  provisions  herein set
forth, to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and regulations and make all other
determinations  necessary or desirable for the  administration  of the Plan. The
Board may from time to time  appoint  additional  members  of the  Committee  or
remove  members and appoint new  members in  substitution  for those  previously
appointed and to fill vacancies however caused.

         14.02 The decision of the Committee relating to any question concerning
or involving the interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive,  and  nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any  employee  any
right  to  participate  in the  Plan,  except  to such  extent,  if any,  as the
Committee  may have  determined  or approved  pursuant to the  provisions of the
Plan.

XV.      Nature of the Plan

         Benefits under the Plan shall  generally be payable by the Company from
its own funds,  and such benefits shall not (i) impose any  obligation  upon the
trust(s) of the other  employee  benefit  programs of the Company;  (ii) be paid
from such  trust(s);  nor (iii)  have any effect  whatsoever  upon the amount or
payment of benefits  under the other employee  benefit  programs of the Company.
Participants  have only an unsecured  right to receive  benefits  under the Plan
from the Company as general  creditors of the  Company.  The Company may deposit
amounts  in the  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.  Supplemental  Executive
Retirement  Trust (the  "Trust")  established  by the Company for the purpose of
funding  the  Company's  obligations  under  the  Plan.  Participants  and their
beneficiaries,  however, have no secured interest or special claim to the assets
of the  Trust,  and the assets of the Trust  shall be subject to the  payment of
claims of general  creditors of the Company upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of
the Company, as provided in the Trust.

XVI.     Employment Relationship

         An employee  shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company
and its  subsidiaries  as long as he remains an employee of either the  Company,
any Subsidiary of the Company,  or any corporation to which substantially all of
the assets and business of the Company are transferred.  Nothing in the adoption
of this Plan nor the designation of any Participant shall confer on any employee
the right to continued employment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company,
or affect in any way the right of the Company or such  Subsidiary  to  terminate
his employment at any time. Any question as to whether and when there has been a
termination  of an  employee's  employment,  and  the  cause,  notice  or  other
circumstances  of such  termination,  shall be determined by the Board,  and its
determination shall be final.

XVII.    Amendment and Termination of Plan

         The  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  in its sole  discretion  may
terminate  the Plan at any time,  and shall have the right to alter or amend the
Plan or any part thereof  from time to time,  except that the Board of Directors
shall not terminate the Plan or make any  alteration or amendment  thereto which
would impair any rights or benefits of a Participant previously accrued.

XVIII.   Binding Effect

         This Plan shall be binding on the  Company,  each  Subsidiary,  and any
affiliate designated by the Company as a participating employer under this Plan,
the successors and assigns thereof, and any entity to which substantially all of
the  assets  or  business  of the  Company,  a  Subsidiary,  or a  participating
affiliate are transferred.

XIX.     Reimbursement to Participants

         The Company shall reimburse any  Participant,  or beneficiary  thereof,
for all expenses, including attorney's fees, actually and reasonably incurred by
the  Participant or beneficiary in any proceeding to enforce any of their rights
under this Plan.

XX.      Construction

         The masculine  gender,  where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to
include the feminine  gender,  and the singular may indicate the plural,  unless
the context  clearly  indicates  the  contrary.  The words  "hereof",  "herein",
"hereunder"  and  other  similar  compounds  of the word  "here"  shall,  unless
otherwise  specifically  stated,  mean and refer to the entire Plan,  not to any
particular  provision or Section.  Article and Section headings are included for
convenience  of reference and are not intended to add to, or subtract  from, the
terms of the Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. has executed
this restated Plan in its corporate  name and its corporate  seal to be hereunto
affixed this 26 day of January, 1996.

ATTEST:                                  CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ Sandra B. Post                       By:   /s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
- ------------------------                    --------------------------------
                                             R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
                                             Senior Vice President and
                                             Chief Financial Officer







                                                                Exhibit 10.1(e)

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           1983 RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN


         1983 RESTRICTED  STOCK PLAN,  dated as of February 21, 1984, as amended
and restated as of November 16, 1995.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, on February 21, 1984, Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc., a
Louisiana  corporation  (the "Company")  executed a plan providing for awards of
restricted stock to key employees on terms and conditions  substantially similar
to those set forth herein (the "Original Plan"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to modify the Original  Plan to amend and
restate the second  paragraph of Section 8 of the Original  Plan, as approved by
the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's Board of Directors on November 16,
1995 and ratified by the full Board as of the same date;

         NOW THEREFORE,  the Original Plan is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:

         1.  Purpose.  The purpose of the 1983  Restricted  Stock Plan is to aid
Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. in securing and retaining key employees of
outstanding  ability,  and to  motivate  such  individuals  to exert  their best
efforts on behalf of the Company. In addition,  the Company expects that it will
benefit from the added interest which such  individuals will have in the welfare
of the Company as a result of their  ownership  or  increased  ownership  of the
Company's  Common  Stock.  This Plan may be utilized in  conjunction  with other
short or long term incentive plans at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

         2.  Definitions.  As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have
the meanings indicated:

             (a)      "Board of  Directors"  or "Board" shall mean not less
                      than a quorum  of the  whole  Board of  Directors  of
                      Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

             (b)      "Committee"   shall  mean  a   subcommittee   of  the
                      Compensation  Committee  of the Board of Directors as
                      described  in Section 4 of the Plan,  or the Board if
                      no Committee has been appointed.

             (c)      "Common  Stock"  shall mean the  Company's  presently
                      authorized  shares of Common Stock as this definition
                      may be modified as provided in Section 7 of the Plan.

             (d)      "Company" shall mean Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.
                      and its subsidiaries.

             (e)      "Normal  Retirement  Date"  shall be the first of the
                      month  following or coincident  with a  Participant's
                      65th  birthday or such other earlier date as approved
                      by  the  Board  of   Directors   upon  request  of  a
                      Participant.

             (f)      "Participant"  shall mean any person who is  employed
                      by the Company on a full-time  basis,  is compensated
                      for such employment by a regular  salary,  and in the
                      opinion  of the  Committee  is either  one of the key
                      employees of the Company in a position to  contribute
                      materially  to the continued  growth and  development
                      and future  financial  success of the  Company or one
                      who  has  made  a  significant  contribution  to  the
                      Company's   operations,   thereby   meriting  special
                      recognition.  The Participant  shall be designated by
                      the  Committee  as belonging to Tier I, Tier II, Tier
                      III or Tier IV.

             (g)      "Plan" shall mean the Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.
                      1983 Restricted Stock Plan.

             (h)      "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation in which the
                      Company   owns,   directly  or   indirectly   through
                      subsidiaries,  at least  fifty  percent  (50%) of the
                      combined voting power of all classes of stock.

         3.  Stock  Subject to the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Common
Stock  which may be  awarded  under the Plan shall not  exceed an  aggregate  of
250,000  shares.  All such stock shall be shares of Common Stock which have been
authorized  but unissued or treasury  shares.  Shares of stock awarded under the
Plan and later reacquired by the Company pursuant to the Plan shall again become
available for awards under the Plan.

         4.  Administration.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by the  Board of
Directors,  through a subcommittee of the Compensation  Committee  consisting of
three or more  members of the Board who are not  eligible to receive  restricted
stock awards under the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint  additional
members  of  the  Committee  or  remove  members  and  appoint  new  members  in
substitution  for  those  previously  appointed  and to fill  vacancies  however
caused.

         Subject  to the  provisions  of the  Plan,  the  Committee  shall  have
exclusive  power to select the  employees to whom shares of Common Stock will be
awarded  under the Plan, to determine the number of shares to be awarded to each
employee  selected,  and to  determine  the time or times  when  shares  will be
awarded.  The Committee  shall have full power and  authority to administer  and
interpret  the  Plan  and to  adopt  such  rules,  regulations,  agreements  and
instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as the
Committee deems necessary or advisable.  The Committee's  interpretations of the
Plan, and all determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the powers vested
in it  hereunder,  shall be  conclusive  and binding on all  persons  having any
interest  in the Plan or in any awards  granted  hereunder.  A  majority  of the
members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in
writing  by all  members  of the  Committee  shall be deemed  the  action of the
Committee.

         5.  Eligibility.  The individuals who shall be eligible to participate
in the Plan shall be any full-time employee of the Company.

         6.  Grant of Shares. The eligible Employees who shall receive shares of
Common  Stock  under the Plan,  the number of shares to be received by each such
employee,  and,  subject to the  provisions of Section 7, the  conditions  under
which such shares must be returned to the Company,  shall be  determined  by the
Committee.

         7. Terms and  Conditions of Awards.  All shares of Common Stock awarded
to  Participants  under this Plan shall be  subject to the  following  terms and
conditions,  and to such other terms and  conditions not  inconsistent  with the
Plan as shall be contained in the Agreement referred to in Section 7(e).

             (a)       At the time of the award there shall be  established  for
                       each Participant a "Restriction  Period" which shall be a
                       specific   period  of  time  to  be   determined  by  the
                       Committee.  Shares of stock awarded to  Participants  may
                       not be sold, assigned, transferred,  pledged or otherwise
                       encumbered,  except as hereinafter  provided,  during the
                       Restriction Period. At the time of an award of restricted
                       shares to a Participant,  the Board may also provided for
                       the  Restriction  Period to lapse  according to the terms
                       designated by the Committee. Except for such restrictions
                       on  transfer,  the  Participant  as owner of such  shares
                       shall  have all the  rights  of a  shareholder  of Common
                       Stock,  including but not limited to the right to receive
                       all  dividends  paid  on  such  shares,  subject  to  the
                       provisions  of  Section  8, and the  right  to vote  such
                       shares.

             (b)       If a Participant ceases to be a full-time employee of the
                       Company  for  any  reason  other  than  (i)  death,  (ii)
                       disability,   or   (iii)   retirement   on  or   after  a
                       Participant's Normal Retirement Date, all shares of stock
                       theretofore awarded to him which are still subject to the
                       restrictions  imposed  by  Section  7(a)  shall upon such
                       termination  of  employment  be forfeited and returned to
                       the  Company,  provided,   however,  that  in  the  event
                       employment  is terminated by retirement at the request of
                       the  Company or by action of the Company  without  cause,
                       the Committee  may, but need not,  determine that some or
                       all of the shares shall be free of restrictions and shall
                       not be forfeited.

             (c)       If a Participant  ceases to be an employee of the Company
                       and its subsidiaries by reason of death,  disability,  or
                       retirement  on  or  after  Normal  Retirement  Date,  the
                       restrictions  imposed  by Section  7(a) shall  lapse with
                       respect to the shares theretofore awarded.

             (d)       Each  certificate  issued in  respect  of shares  awarded
                       under  the Plan  shall be  registered  in the name of the
                       Participant  and deposited by him,  together with a stock
                       power endorsed in blank,  with the Company and shall bear
                       the following legend:

                         "The  transferability of this certificate and the
                         shares of stock represented hereby are subject to
                         the terms and conditions  (including  forfeiture)
                         contained in the 1983  Restricted  Stock Plan for
                         Century  Telephone  Enterprises,   Inc.,  and  an
                         Agreement  entered  into  between the  registered
                         owner and  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.
                         Copies of such Plan and  Agreement are on file in
                         the office of the Secretary of Century  Telephone
                         Enterprises, Inc., Monroe, Louisiana."

             (e)       The  Participant  shall enter into an Agreement  with the
                       Company in a form specified by the Committee  agreeing to
                       the terms  and  conditions  of the  award and such  other
                       matters, including compliance with applicable Federal and
                       State   Securities   Laws,  and  methods  of  withholding
                       required  taxes,  as the  Committee  shall  in  its  sole
                       discretion determine.

             (f)       At the  expiration  of  the  Restriction  Period  imposed
                       pursuant to Section 7(a), the Company shall  redeliver to
                       the Participant, or his legal representative,  the shares
                       deposited with it pursuant to Section 7(d).

         8.  Changes  in  Capitalization.  In the  event  there is a  change  in
classification  of, or subdivision  or combination  of, or stock dividend on the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company,  the maximum aggregate number and class
of  shares  as  to  which  awards  may  be  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  be
appropriately adjusted by the Committee whose determination shall be conclusive.
Any shares of Common Stock or other  securities  or assets  (other than ordinary
cash dividends)  received by a Participant with respect to shares awarded to him
which are still  subject to the  restrictions  imposed  pursuant to Section 7(a)
will  be  subject  to the  same  restrictions  and  shall  be  deposited  by the
Participant with the Company.

         Upon the  occurrence  of a Change in Control  (as defined  below),  all
restrictions  imposed  pursuant to Section 7(a) with respect to any  outstanding
award  hereunder shall  automatically  lapse. A Change in Control shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following  events:  (i) the acquisition by any "person"
(as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act")),  other than the Company or any employee  benefit
plan or  related  trust or  affiliate  of the  Company or its  subsidiaries,  of
beneficial  ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company  representing 30% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then  outstanding  securities
entitled to vote  generally in the election of directors,  but not including any
acquisition  directly  from the  Company;  (ii) the  consummation  of a  merger,
consolidation,  reorganization,  share exchange, or sale or other disposition of
all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company  unless,  immediately
thereafter,  at least 50% of the  outstanding  voting power of the  surviving or
successor  corporation,  or, if  applicable,  the parent  company  thereof  (the
"Surviving Company"),  are owned by the Company's shareholders immediately prior
to such time, at least a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company were
directors  of the  Company at the time such  transaction  was  approved,  and no
person or entity  (excluding  any employee  benefit plan or related trust of the
Company or the Surviving Company and any person or entity that was a shareholder
of the Company  immediately prior to such time) beneficially owns 20% or more of
the outstanding voting power of the Surviving  Company;  (iii) during any period
of two  consecutive  years,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of such  period
constitute  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  cease  for any  reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the  beginning of such period shall have been  approved in
advance by directors  representing at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office who were  directors at the beginning of the period;  or (iv) the approval
by the Company's  shareholders  of a complete  liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.

         9.  Amendment  or  Termination.  The Board may from time to time alter,
amend,  suspend or discontinue the Plan,  except that no alteration or amendment
shall, without the approval of a majority of the stockholders of the Company and
entitled  to vote at a duly  called  stockholders'  meeting  increase  the total
number of shares  which may be awarded  under the Plan,  except as  provided  in
Section 8, or change the  standards  of  eligibility  of  employees  eligible to
participate  in the Plan.  No such  amendment or  modification  shall,  however,
adversely  affect,  without his written  consent,  any employee  with respect to
stock already awarded to him.

         10.  Choice of Law.  The place of  administration  of the Plan shall be
within  the  State  of   Louisiana   and  the   validity,   interpretation   and
administration  of the Plan and of any  rules,  regulations,  determinations  or
decisions made thereunder shall be determined exclusively in accordance with the
laws  of  the  State  of  Louisiana.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing,  the period within which any action in connection  with the Plan must
be commenced  shall be governed by the laws of the State of  Louisiana,  without
regard to the place where the act or  omission  complained  of took  place,  the
residence  of any  party to such  action or the place  where the  action  may be
brought.

         11.  Withholding of Taxes.  Participant shall advise the Company within
30 days of written notification of the stock award whether Participant wishes to
be taxed at the time of grant or at the time the Restriction Period expires.  At
the time the  Participant  elects  to be taxed,  Participant  shall  advise  the
Company  whether  it shall  withhold  from  regular  compensation  the amount of
applicable taxes or Participant  shall pay the Company the amount of Federal tax
required to be withheld.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  instrument has been executed as of the date
and year first above written.


                                     CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                      By:       /s/ Glen F. Post, III
                                          ----------------------------------
                                                Glen F. Post, III
                                           Vice Chairman, President and
                                              Chief Executive Officer



                                                         

                                                                 Exhibit 10.1(f)

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                    KEY EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN


         KEY EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION  PLAN,  effective as of January 1,
1984, as amended and restated as of November 16, 1995.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  effective  January 1, 1984,  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,
Inc., a Louisiana  corporation (the "Company")  executed an agreement  providing
for  incentive  bonuses  for  valued  key  employees  on  terms  and  conditions
substantially similar to those set forth herein (the "Original Plan"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company  wishes to amend and restate the Original Plan to
add a new Section 15 thereto,  as approved by the Compensation  Committee of the
Company's Board of Directors on November 16, 1995 and ratified by the full Board
as of the same date;

         NOW THEREFORE,  the Original Plan is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:

         1.  Purpose.  The purpose of this Key Employee  Incentive  Compensation
Plan is to advance the  interests of the Company by  strengthening,  through the
use of  incentive  bonuses,  the  ability of the  Company to attract  and retain
valued key employees upon whose judgment,  initiative and efforts the successful
conduct and development of the Company depends.

         2.       Definitions.  The following definitions shall be utilized in 
administering the Plan:

                  (a)    "Board of Directors" or "Board" shall mean the Board 
                         of Directors  of Century  Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

                  (b)    "Committee"   shall   mean   a   subcommittee   of  the
                         Compensation  Committee made up of members of the Board
                         of Directors who are not participants in this Plan.

                  (c)    "Company" shall mean Century Telephone Enterprises, 
                         Inc. and its subsidiaries.

                  (d)    "Incentive  Pool" shall mean the amount  available with
                         respect  to each Plan Year from  which  awards are made
                         for each such Plan Year.

                  (e)    "Maximum Bonus  Opportunity" shall mean an amount equal
                         to the maximum  percentage  of the  Participant's  base
                         salary which may be paid to the  Participant as a bonus
                         award subject to performance  criteria as determined by
                         the Committee from time to time.

                  (f)    "Participant"  shall mean any person who is employed by
                         the Company on a full-time  basis,  is compensated  for
                         such employment by a regular salary, and in the opinion
                         of the  Committee is either one of the key employees of
                         the Company in a position to  contribute  materially to
                         the  continued   growth  and   development  and  future
                         financial  success of the Company or one who has made a
                         significant  contribution to the Company's  operations,
                         thereby meriting special  recognition.  The Participant
                         shall be  designated  by the  Committee as belonging to
                         Tier I, Tier II, Tier III or Tier IV.

                  (g)    "Plan" shall mean the Century Telephone Enterprises, 
                         Inc. Key Employee Incentive Plan.

                  (h)    "Plan  Year" shall mean the fiscal year of the Company
                         which is  currently  January 1 to  December 31.

                  (i)    "Targeted Bonus Opportunity" shall mean an amount equal
                         to the targeted  percentage of the  Participant's  base
                         salary which may be paid to the  Participant as a bonus
                         award, subject to performance criteria as determined by
                         the Committee from time to time.

                  (j)    "Termination   Date"   shall   mean   the   date  of  a
                         Participant's   severance  from   employment  with  the
                         Company by death, disability, resignation, discharge or
                         other termination of employment.

                  (k)    "Subsidiary"  shall mean any  corporation  in which the
                         Company  owns   directly,   or  indirectly   through  a
                         subsidiary  or  subsidiaries,  at least  fifty  percent
                         (50%) of the  combined  voting  power of all classes of
                         stock.

         3.       Administration. The Committee shall have authority to 
establish  the  following  procedures  for the administration of the Plan:

                  (a)      Establish, review and amend performance goals;
                  (b)      Determine the maximum amount of the Incentive Pool,
                           subject to Section 5 herein;
                  (c)      Determine  the amounts of Targeted and Maximum  
                           Bonus Opportunity, subject to Section 6 herein; and
                  (d)      Establish  regulations for the  administration of 
                           the Plan,  interpret the Plan, and make all
                           determinations deemed necessary for the 
                           administration of the Plan.

         The  Committee's  interpretations  of the terms and  provisions of this
Plan  shall be final  and  conclusive,  and it shall  have the power and duty to
construe the Plan in a manner necessary to carry out its purposes.

         No member of the  Committee  or of the  Board of  Directors  as a whole
shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with
the interpretation or administration of the Plan.

         All  expenses  of  administration  of the  Plan  shall  be borne by the
Company,  and no part thereof shall be charged against the awards payable to the
Plan Participants.

          4.      Participation.  Participants in  the Plan shall be those  key
employees  designated as Participants  by the Committee.  In order to receive an
award,  the Participant must be an employee of the Company at the time the bonus
payment is made.  However,  this  requirement  may be waived by the Committee in
situations such as death, disability, retirement or other cases as determined by
the Committee.

         5.       Incentive Bonus Opportunity.  The amounts of the Targeted and
the Maximum Bonus Opportunity for each Participant in Tier I, Tier II, Tier III 
and Tier IV respectively shall be based upon a formula or formulas determined 
by the Compensation Committee  on an annual basis and shall be defined as a
percentage of base salary for each Participant.

         6.       Maximum Amount Available for Awards.  Promptly after the end
of each Plan Year, the amount of the Incentive  Pool shall be determined  by the
Compensation  Committee,  based  upon  the  predetermined  formula  or  formulas
subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors to reduce the amount of
the  Incentive  Pool in its sole  discretion.  The  bonus  awards  shall  not be
distributed  until the amounts of the Incentive  Pool and the Plan  Participants
are  determined,  and the Committee has  authorized  payment of the bonus awards
provided that if the Board of Directors has reduced the Incentive  Pool,  awards
will be reduced proportionately.

         7.      Allocation of Incentive Bonus Fund. The Committee shall in its
sole discretion award bonuses within the predetermined maximum limits to
Participants from the Incentive Pool. The Committee, subject to approval of the
Board of Directors, shall determine each year whether the value of the award
will be paid in cash, common stock, or a combination  thereof. If payment of the
award is partially or totally in the form of Common Stock, the Committee, at its
discretion,  may utilize shares of stock allocated to the 1983 Restricted  Stock
Plan.  Any  such  stock  payments  shall be  subject  to the  provisions  of the
Restricted Stock Plan and an individual award agreement  between the Company and
the Participant.

         8.      Termination of Employment. In the event a Participant's
employment with the Company is severed by normal retirement, early retirement
(with Company's permission), permanent disability, or death, the Participant or
his beneficiary shall receive the award, payable in cash, as earned for the en-
tire Plan Year in which the retirement, permanent disability or death occurred.
In the event of death, the award shall be paid by the Company to the beneficiary
designated by the  Participant,  or if the  Participant  has failed to make such
designation,  then to the personal  representative of the Participant's  estate.
Any Participant  whose employment is terminated for any reason other than normal
retirement, early retirement (with Company's permission),  permanent disability,
or death during the Plan Year shall not receive an award for that Plan Year.

         9.      Forfeiture of Benefits. In the event a Participant is
discharged by the Company  for cause, including, without limitation, fraud,
embezzlement, theft, commission of a felony, proven dishonesty or other
unethical behavior, or disclosure of trade secrets of the Company, then the
amount of any  benefit provided under this Plan to which the Participant would
otherwise be entitled shall be forfeited. The decision of the Board as to the
cause of a former Participant's discharge shall be final. No decision of the 
Board, however, shall affect finality of the discharge of such Participant by
the Company in any manner.

         10.      Assignments  and  Transfers.  A  Participant  shall not  
assign, encumber, or transfer  his  rights  and interests under the Plan, and
any attempt to do so shall render those rights and interests null and void.

         11.      Employee Rights Under the Plan.  Nothing in this Plan shall 
be construed to:

                  (a)      Give any  employee of the Company any claim or right
                           to be granted an award under this Plan;
                  (b)      Limit in any way the right of the Company to
                           terminate a  Participant's  employment  with the
                           Company at any time; or
                  (c)      Be  evidence  of  any  agreement  or   understanding,
                           express or implied,  that the  Company  will employ a
                           Participant  in  any  particular  position  or at any
                           particular rate of remuneration.

         12.      Amendment and Termination.  The Board of Directors may amend,
suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Any amendment or  termination of the
Plan shall not,  however,  affect the right of any  Participant  to receive  the
award  payments  earned in the current Plan Year or any unpaid  awards under the
Plan  authorized  and  communicated  to  Participants  prior to the date of such
amendment or termination.

         13.      Withholding  of Taxes.  The Company shall deduct from the 
amount of all  benefits  paid under the Plan any taxes required to be withheld
by the Federal or any State or local government.

         14.      Effective Date and Term of Plan. The effective date of this 
Plan is January 1, 1984, and the effective date of this Amendment and Restate-
ment is November 16, 1995. The Plan shall consist of individual calendar year 
Plans, one of which will commence January 1, 1984 (the 1984 Plan), and every 
consecutive January 1 thereafter during the continuance of the Plan.The Plan 
shall continue until terminated by the Board of Directors as provided herein.

         15.     Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof,
upon a Change in Control (as defined below), the Plan Year shall be deemed to
end on the date the Change in Control occurs (the "Change in Control Date") and
the Committee (notwithstanding any removal or attempted removal of some or all
of the  members thereof as directors or  committee  members)  shall  review the
Company's  performance through the Change of Control Date and, after annualizing
such performance to the extent necessary or appropriate, determine the extent to
which the  performance  goals were met with respect to such Plan Year,  in which
event all awards  payable  under this Plan with respect to such Plan Year (along
with any unpaid awards under this Plan relating to any prior Plan Year) shall be
payable in accordance with past practice in full in cash,  without any offset or
reduction,  to the same extent as if no Change in Control had occurred. A Change
in Control shall mean the  occurrence of any of the  following  events:  (i) the
acquisition  by any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other  than the
Company or any  employee  benefit  plan or  related  trust or  affiliate  of the
Company or its subsidiaries,  of beneficial  ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3
promulgated  under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly,  of securities of
the  Company  representing  30% or  more of the  combined  voting  power  of the
Company's then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors,  but not including any acquisition directly from the Company; (ii)
the consummation of a merger, consolidation,  reorganization, share exchange, or
sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the
Company unless,  immediately thereafter,  at least 50% of the outstanding voting
power of the surviving or successor corporation,  or, if applicable,  the parent
company  thereof  (the  "Surviving   Company"),   are  owned  by  the  Company's
shareholders  immediately  prior  to  such  time,  at  least a  majority  of the
directors of the  Surviving  Company  were  directors of the Company at the time
such transaction was approved,  and no person or entity  (excluding any employee
benefit plan or related  trust of the Company or the  Surviving  Company and any
person or entity that was a shareholder of the Company immediately prior to such
time)  beneficially  owns  20% or more of the  outstanding  voting  power of the
Surviving Company; (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
who at the  beginning  of such period  constitute  the Board of Directors of the
Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless
the election of each  director  who was not a director at the  beginning of such
period shall have been  approved in advance by directors  representing  at least
two-thirds of the directors  then in office who were  directors at the beginning
of the period; or (iv) the approval by the Company's  shareholders of a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.  Notwithstanding  any other provision
to the  contrary  in  this  Plan or in any  applicable  law or  regulation,  the
benefits conferred under this Section to a Participant shall  automatically vest
upon the earlier of (i) the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  (ii) the date
that any  person or entity  submits an offer or  proposal  to the  Company  that
results in or leads to a Change in Control  (whether by such person or any other
person) or (iii) the date of the public  announcement  of a Change in Control or
an offer, proposal or proxy solicitation that results in or leads to a Change in
Control  (whether by the person or entity making such  announcement or any other
person),  and  thereafter  such  benefits may not be  adversely  affected in any
manner without the prior written consent of the Participant.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  instrument has been executed as of the date
and year first above written.


                                CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ Glen F. Post, III
                                    -------------------------------
                                          Glen F. Post, III
                                    Vice Chairman, President and
                                      Chief Executive Officer



                                                         

                                                                Exhibit 10.1(q)

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                     SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
                                1995 RESTATEMENT


I.       Purpose of the Plan
          
         This Restated  Supplemental  Defined  Contribution Plan (the "Plan") is
intended to provide Century Telephone Enterprises,  Inc. (the "Company") and its
subsidiaries a method for  attracting and retaining key employees;  to provide a
method for  recognizing  the  contributions  of such  personnel;  and to promote
executive and  managerial  flexibility,  thereby  advancing the interests of the
Company and its  stockholders.  In  addition,  the Plan is intended to provide a
more adequate  level of retirement  benefits in  combination  with the Company's
general retirement program.

II.      Definitions

         As used in this Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have the  meanings
indicated, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires:

         2.01 "ACCOUNT"  shall mean the account  established  under this Plan in
accordance with Section 4.01.

         2.02 "ACCOUNT BALANCE",  as of a given date, shall mean the fair market
value of a Participant's Account, as determined by the Committee.

         2.03 "BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS"  shall  mean not less than a quorum of the
whole Board of Directors of Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

         2.04 "COMMITTEE"  shall  mean  three or more  members  of the Board of
Directors  as  described  in  Section  11.01  of the  Plan,  or the  Board if no
Committee has been appointed.

         2.05 "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the common stock, $1.00 par value per 
share, of the Company.

         2.06 "COMPANY" shall mean Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc., any
Subsidiary  thereof,   and  any  affiliate   designated  by  the  Company  as  a
participating employer under this Plan.

         2.07 "COMPENSATION"   shall  mean  a  sum  of  Participant's   Salary,
determined  under  Section 2.20 and  Incentive  Compensation,  determined  under
Section  2.11,  for a particular  year.  The  determination  of a  Participant's
Compensation  for purposes of this Plan shall be made by the  Committee,  in its
sole discretion.

         2.08 "DISABILITY"  shall mean a condition  which  makes a  Participant
unable to perform each of the material duties of his regular occupation where he
is likely to remain thus incapacitated continuously and permanently.

         2.09 "EFFECTIVE  DATE" of this Plan  shall mean  January 1, 1994.  The
effective date of this Restatement shall be November 16, 1995.

         2.10 "EMPLOYER"  shall mean Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc., any
Subsidiary  thereof,   and  any  affiliate   designated  by  the  Company  as  a
participating employer under this Plan.

         2.11 "INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION"  shall  mean the  amount  awarded  to a
Participant under the Company's Key Employee Incentive  Compensation  Program or
other executive incentive  compensation  arrangement  maintained by the Company,
including  the amount of any stock award in its cash  equivalent  at the time of
conversion  of  the  award  from  cash  to  stock.  A  Participant's   Incentive
Compensation  shall be determined on an annual basis and shall,  for purposes of
this Plan, be allocated to the year or years to which the award  relates,  i.e.,
the period of time during which the award was earned.

         2.12 "LEAVE OF ABSENCE" shall mean any extraordinary absence authorized
by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices.

         2.13  "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE" shall mean age sixty-five (65).

         2.14  "NORMAL  RETIREMENT  DATE"  shall mean the first day of the month
coincident with or next following a Participant's  sixty-fifth  (65th) birthday.
Normal Retirement Age shall mean age sixty-five (65).

         2.15 "PARTICIPANT"  shall  mean any  officer  of the  Employer  who is
granted  participation  in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article
III.

         2.16 "PHANTOM  STOCK  UNIT"  shall mean a unit,  the value of which is
equal to the value of a share of Common  Stock,  but does not  represent  actual
shares of Common Stock.

         2.17 "PLAN" shall mean the Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc. 
Supplemental Defined  Contribution Plan, as amended and restated herein.

         2.18 "PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS"  shall mean the total dollar amount of
contributions made, directly or indirectly, on behalf of a Participant under the
Company's  Stock Bonus Plan,  PAYSOP and Trust and the Company's  Employee Stock
Ownership Plan and Trust.

         2.19 "PLAN  CONTRIBUTION  PERCENTAGE" shall mean the estimated total of
the percentage of  compensation  of employees of the Company  contributed by the
Company  to its Stock  Bonus  Plan,  PAYSOP  and Trust  and its  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Plan and Trust,  as determined by dividing Plan  Contributions  for a
particular  year by estimated  compensation  taken into account under such plans
for the year. The Committee,  in its sole  discretion,  shall determine the Plan
Contribution  Percentage for each year, and such determination  shall be binding
and conclusive.

         2.20 "SALARY"  shall mean a  Participant's  actual pay for the calendar
year,  exclusive,  however, of bonus payments,  overtime payments,  commissions,
imputed  income on life  insurance,  vehicle  allowances,  relocation  expenses,
severance payments, and any other extra compensation.

         2.21 "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any corporation in which the Company owns,
directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, at least fifty percent (50%) of the
combined voting power of all classes of stock.

III.     Participation

         3.01 Any officer who is either one of the key  employees of the Company
in a  position  to  contribute  materially  to the  continued  growth and future
financial success of the Company, or one who has made a significant contribution
to the Company's  operations,  thereby  meriting special  recognition,  shall be
eligible to participate provided the following requirements are met:

                  a.   The  officer is employed on a full-time basis by Century
Telephone Enterprises, Inc., any Subsidiary thereof or any affiliate designated
by the Company as a participating employer under this Plan;

                  b.   The officer is compensated for full-time employment by a
regular salary;

                  c.   The coverage of the officer is duly approved by the
Board of Directors  of Century  Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

It is intended that  participation  in this Plan shall be extended only to those
officers who are members of a select group of management and highly  compensated
employees, as determined by the Committee.

IV.      Accounts and Investments

         4.01  An Account shall be established on behalf of each Participant who
receives an allocation of Phantom Stock Units pursuant to Article V hereof. Each
Participant's  Account  shall be  credited  with such  allocation,  and shall be
debited with any expenses properly chargeable  thereto.  Any cash dividends paid
on the Common  Stock will be deemed to be paid on the  Phantom  Stock  Units and
will be deemed to be invested in additional Phantom Stock Units.

         4.02  Each  Participant  shall be  furnished  with a  statement  of his
Account,  in such form as the  Committee  shall  determine,  within a reasonable
period of time after the end of each year.

         4.03  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Plan,  upon the
occurrence  of any of the  events  described  in  Section  6.01(d)(a  "Change in
Control"), each Phantom Stock Unit shall be automatically converted into cash in
an amount equal to the fair market value of each such unit. For purposes of this
Section, the fair market value of each Phantom Stock Unit shall be determined by
whichever of the following items is applicable: (i) the fair market value of the
cash,  securities or other properties into which each share of Common Stock will
be converted pursuant to any merger,  consolidation,  share exchange, asset sale
or other  reorganization  that results in a Change in Control,  determined as of
the date of the definitive  agreement  providing for such transaction,  (ii) the
price per share of Common Stock offered to shareholders of Century in any tender
offer or exchange  offer that results in a Change in Control,  determined on the
date the offer is commenced, or (iii) in all other events, the fair market value
per share of Common Stock as determined,  as of the close of business on the day
immediately  preceding the occurrence of the Change in Control, by the Committee
(which shall remain  empowered to make all  determinations  contemplated by this
Section  notwithstanding  any removal or attempted removal of some or all of the
members  thereof  as  directors  or  committee  members).  In the event that the
consideration  offered to shareholders  of Century in any transaction  described
herein  consists of anything other than cash, the Committee  shall determine the
fair market  value of the portion of the  consideration  offered  which is other
than cash as of the date  indicated  above  (but  without  giving  effect to any
decrease  in the  value  of any  securities  that  comprise  some  or all of the
consideration payable in connection with such transaction).

V.       Allocations to Accounts

         5.01 For each  calendar  year in which  this  Plan is in  effect,  each
Participant's  Account shall be credited with that number of Phantom Stock Units
equal in value to that number of shares of Common  Stock that could be purchased
with an amount determined according to the following formula:

                  (a)      Compensation,
                                    times
                  (b)      Plan Contribution Percentage,
                                    less
                  (c)      Plan Contributions.

         For  purposes of this  Section 5.01 the Common Stock shall be valued at
the  closing  price of the Common  Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange  on the
trading day immediately preceding the date specified in Section 5.02.

         5.02 The amount  determined  under  Section 5.01 shall be credited to a
Participant's  account  as of the later of the date on which  the  credit to the
Participant's Account for the year under Section 5.01 is determined, or the date
on which an amount  representing  such credit is contributed under the Plan, and
shall be considered a part of the Participant's Account Balance as of such date.

VI.      Vesting of Account

         6.01     A Participant's Account shall be fully vested upon:

                  (a)      attainment of age 55.

                  (b)      death.

                  (c)      disability as defined in Section 2.07.

                  (d)  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the   following:   (i)  the
acquisition  by any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act")),  other  than the
Company or any  employee  benefit  plan or  related  trust or  affiliate  of the
Company or its subsidiaries,  of beneficial  ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3
promulgated  under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly,  of securities of
the  Company  representing  30% or  more of the  combined  voting  power  of the
Company's then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors,  but not including any acquisition directly from the Company; (ii)
the consummation of a merger, consolidation,  reorganization, share exchange, or
sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the
Company unless,  immediately thereafter,  at least 50% of the outstanding voting
power of the surviving or successor corporation,  or, if applicable,  the parent
company  thereof  (the  "Surviving   Company"),   are  owned  by  the  Company's
shareholders  immediately  prior  to  such  time,  at  least a  majority  of the
directors of the  Surviving  Company  were  directors of the Company at the time
such transaction was approved,  and no person or entity  (excluding any employee
benefit plan or related  trust of the Company or the  Surviving  Company and any
person or entity that was a shareholder of the Company immediately prior to such
time)  beneficially  owns  20% or more of the  outstanding  voting  power of the
Surviving Company; (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
who at the  beginning  of such period  constitute  the Board of Directors of the
Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority  thereof,  unless
the election of each  director  who was not a director at the  beginning of such
period shall have been  approved in advance by directors  representing  at least
two-thirds of the directors  then in office who were  directors at the beginning
of the period; or (iv) the approval by the Company's  shareholders of a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

         6.02 If a  Participant  terminates  service for  reasons  other than as
listed in Section  6.01(a),  (b), or (c), his Account Balance shall be vested in
accordance with the following schedule:

                  Years of Service              Vested %
                  ----------------              -------- 
                    less than 5                      0%
                    5 or more                      100%

VII.     Years of Service

         7.01 A Participant  will receive  credit for a year of service for each
calendar  year in which he  completes  at least  one  thousand  (1000)  hours of
service. Years of service will include all years of service prior to becoming an
officer of the Company,  years of service  following Normal Retirement Date, and
years of service with any Subsidiary or any affiliate  designated by the Company
as a participating  employer under this Plan.. In addition,  periods of Leave of
Absence and periods during which  severance pay is provided shall be counted for
determining years of service.

VIII.    Time of Payment and Beneficiaries

         8.01 Except as provided in Section 8.02, a Participant's vested Account
Balance is payable upon termination of employment.

         8.02  Payment of the Account  Balance of a deceased  Participant  shall
commence  within  ninety  (90)  days  of his  death,  and  shall  be made to his
beneficiary  designated  on a  form  provided  for  such  purpose  by  the  Plan
Administrator.  If the Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, his Account
Balance shall be payable to his  surviving  spouse or, if none, to his surviving
child or children (or legal  representative  of any minor child or child who has
been declared incompetent or incapable of handling his affairs) in equal shares.
The  Account  Balance of a  Participant  who dies  leaving no spouse or children
shall be paid to his estate.

IX.      Form of Benefit Payment

         9.01     The normal form of payment of a Participant's Account Balance
is a lump sum cash payment.

         9.02 A Participant  may, prior to  termination of employment,  elect to
receive  payment of his Account  Balance in monthly,  quarterly,  or annual cash
installments  of  approximately  equal amounts,  over a period not to exceed ten
(10) years.

X.       Additional Restrictions on Benefit Payments

         10.01 In no event will there be a duplication of benefits payable under
the Plan because of employment by more than one participating Employer.

XI.      Administration and Interpretation

         11.01 The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors  through
a  Committee  which  shall  consist  of three or more  members  of the  Board of
Directors of the Company.  No individual who is or has ever been a member of the
Committee  shall be  eligible  to be  designated  as a  participant  or  receive
payments under this Plan.  The Committee  shall have full power and authority to
interpret and  administer  the Plan and,  subject to the  provisions  herein set
forth, to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and regulations and make all other
determinations  necessary or desirable for the  administration  of the Plan. The
Board may from time to time  appoint  additional  members  of the  Committee  or
remove  members and appoint new  members in  substitution  for those  previously
appointed and to fill vacancies however caused.

         11.02 The decision of the Committee relating to any question concerning
or involving the interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive,  and  nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any  employee  any
right  to  participate  in the  Plan,  except  to such  extent,  if any,  as the
Committee  may have  determined  or approved  pursuant to the  provisions of the
Plan.

XII.     Nature of the Plan

         12.01 Benefits under the Plan shall generally be payable by the Company
from its own funds,  and such benefits shall not (i) impose any obligation  upon
the trust(s) of the other employee benefit programs of the Company; (ii) be paid
from such  trust(s);  nor (iii)  have any effect  whatsoever  upon the amount or
payment of benefits  under the other employee  benefit  programs of the Company.
Participants  have only an unsecured  right to receive  benefits  under the Plan
from the Company as general  creditors of the  Company.  The Company may deposit
amounts in a trust  established  by the  Company  for the purpose of funding the
Company's  obligations  under the Plan.  Participants  and their  beneficiaries,
however,  have no secured interest or special claim to the assets of such trust,
and the assets of the trust shall be subject to the payment of claims of general
creditors of the Company upon the  insolvency or  bankruptcy of the Company,  as
provided in the trust.

XIII.    Employment Relationship

         13.01 An employee  shall be considered  to be in the  employment of the
Company  and its  subsidiaries  as long as he remains an  employee of either the
Company,   any  Subsidiary  of  the  Company,   or  any   corporation  to  which
substantially  all of the assets and  business of the  Company are  transferred.
Nothing in the  adoption  of this Plan nor the  designation  of any  Participant
shall confer on any employee the right to continued employment by the Company or
a Subsidiary  of the  Company,  or affect in any way the right of the Company or
such  Subsidiary  to terminate his  employment  at any time.  Any question as to
whether and when there has been a termination of an employee's  employment,  and
the  cause,  notice  or  other  circumstances  of  such  termination,  shall  be
determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final.

XIV.     Amendment and Termination of Plan

         14.01 The Board of Directors of the Company in its sole  discretion may
terminate  the Plan at any time and  shall  have the right to alter or amend the
Plan or any part thereof  from time to time,  except that the Board of Directors
shall not terminate the Plan or make any  alteration or amendment  thereto which
would impair any rights or benefits of a Participant previously accrued.

XV.      Binding Effect

         15.01 This Plan shall be binding on the Company,  each  Subsidiary  and
any affiliate  designated by the Company as a participating  employer under this
Plan, the successors and assigns thereof,  and any entity to which substantially
all of the assets or business of the Company,  a Subsidiary,  or a participating
affiliate are transferred.

XVI.     Reimbursement of Participants

         16.01 The Company  shall  reimburse  any  Participant,  or  beneficiary
thereof,  for all expenses,  including  attorney's fees, actually and reasonably
incurred by the  Participant  or beneficiary in any proceeding to enforce any of
their rights under this Plan.

XVII.    Construction

         17.01 The  masculine  gender,  where  appearing  in the Plan,  shall be
deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular may indicate the plural,
unless the context clearly indicates the contrary. The words "hereof", "herein",
"hereunder"  and  other  similar  compounds  of the word  "here"  shall,  unless
otherwise  specifically  stated,  mean and refer to the entire Plan,  not to any
particular  provision or Section.  Article and Section headings are included for
convenience  of reference and are not intended to add to, or subtract  from, the
terms of the Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. has executed
this restated Plan in its corporate  name and its corporate  seal to be hereunto
affixed this 26 day of January, 1996.

ATTEST:                               CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


/s/ Sandra B. Post                    By:  /s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
- ----------------------                    -------------------------------- 
                                               R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
                                               Senior Vice President and
                                               Chief Financial Officer







                                                               Exhibit 10.1 (t)
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                       OUTSIDE DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN
                                1995 RESTATEMENT


I.       Purpose of the Plan

         This Restated  Outside  Directors'  Retirement  Plan (the "Plan") is an
unfunded defined benefit pension plan for those Outside Directors whose coverage
is  approved  by the  Board  of  Directors  (the  "Board').  The  Plan  has been
established  by Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. (the  "Company")  for the
purpose of attracting and retaining competent  individuals to serve as Directors
in order to ensure the  continued  growth and  profitability  of the  Company by
providing retirement benefits for eligible Board members.


II.      Definitions

         As used in this Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have the  meanings
indicated, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires:

         2.01. "ACCRUED  BENEFIT" shall mean a Participant's accrued monthly
benefit  calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04.

         2.02  "ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT" shall mean equivalence in value between
two or more methods of payment based on the UP 84 Mortality Table and the
Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation's  published interest rate for immediate
annuities on the date of pension commencement.

         2.03  "BENEFICIARY" shall mean the person or persons last designated
as such by a Participant or a Former Participant.

         2.04  "BENEFIT" shall mean the monthly benefit payable to a Participant
or Former Participant in accordance with the provisions of Sections V and VI.

         2.05 "BENEFIT COMMENCEMENT DATE" shall mean the date on which Benefits
under this Plan commence to be paid to a Participant or Former Participant.

         2.06  "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" or "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors
of Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

         2.07  "COMMITTEE"  shall  mean  three or more  members  of the Board of
Directors who are not Outside  Directors,  as selected by the Board from time to
time to administer this Plan.

         2.08  "COMPANY" shall mean Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.and any
predecessor or business entity designated by the Board.

         2.09  "COMPENSATION"  shall mean moneys designated as Director's fees
which are paid to the Participant as an annual retainer, whether paid currently,
accrued or deferred for the Plan Year. In addition,  fees paid for attending one
special meeting of the Board shall also be included in the Compensation.

         2.10  "EARLY  RETIREMENT"  shall  mean  a  Participant's  or Former
Participant's  termination of his Outside Director's status with the Board on or
after his Early Retirement Date and prior to his Normal Retirement Date.

         2.11  "EARLY  RETIREMENT  DATE"  shall  mean the first day of the month
coinciding  with or otherwise  next  following  the date on which a  Participant
attains the later of the age of 65 or completion of 10 Years of Service.

         2.12 "EFFECTIVE DATE" of this Restatement shall mean November 16, 1995.

         2.13  "FORMER PARTICIPANT" shall mean a former Participant who has
ceased to participate in the Plan but who has a Vested Benefit.

         2.14  "NORMAL FORM OF BENEFIT" shall have the meaning set forth in 
Section 5.05.

         2.15  "NORMAL  RETIREMENT"  shall  mean a  Participant's or Former
Participant's  termination  of Outside  Director's  status with the Board on his
Normal Retirement Date.

         2.16  "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" shall mean the first day of the month
coinciding  with or otherwise  next  following  the date on which a  Participant
attains the age of 70. Normal  Retirement Date of Participants  who are past age
70 as of the  Effective  Date of this  Plan  shall be the first day of the month
coinciding  with or otherwise next  following the date on which the  Participant
resigns as an Outside Director.

         2.17  "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" shall mean any Director of the Company who is
not an employee of the Company.

         2.18  "PARTICIPANT"  shall  mean any  Outside  Director  who is granted
participation in the Plan in accordance with the provision of Section III.

         2.19  "YEARS OF  BENEFIT  ACCRUAL  SERVICE"  shall  mean the  period of
continuous  service as an Outside  Director  with the Company,  beginning on the
date the  Participant  commences or resumes  service or any  anniversary of such
date.

         2.20  "YEARS OF SERVICE" shall mean the period of continuous service as
an  Outside  or Inside Director with the  Company,  beginning  on the date the
Participant commences or resumes service or any anniversary of such date.


III.     Eligibility and Participation

         Only  Outside  Directors  on or after the  Effective  Date of this Plan
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.


IV.      Accrual of Liabilities

         4.01 The Board shall accrue liabilities on its books each year equal to
the annual  amount  required to provide  the  retirement  benefits  contingently
payable  under the Plan,  according  to accepted  actuarial  methods  using such
assumptions as the Board from time to time may adopt,  provided,  however,  that
the Board shall accrue such  liabilities  only in amounts not prohibited by law.
Retirement  benefits  defined  in  Section V shall be  reduced to the extent the
Board is prohibited by law from accruing such liabilities.

         4.02 Neither a Participant nor his Beneficiary  shall have any interest
in any sums accrued in recognition of the contingent  liability  attributable to
this Plan, and such accruals shall at all times remain the assets of the Company
subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company.


V.       Retirement Benefit

         5.01 A Participant or Former Participant shall be entitled to receive a
Benefit under the Plan, in accordance with the provisions of this Section V.

         5.02 Any Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall be
entitled to receive a monthly benefit in the Normal Form of Benefit,  commencing
on his Normal Retirement Date, equal to 100% of his Compensation divided by 12.

         5.03  Any  Participant  may  elect to  retire  on or  after  his  early
Retirement Date and receive a benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit reduced by 2%
for each year by which the Benefit  Commencement Date precedes the Participant's
Normal  Retirement Date.  Payment of such benefit shall commence on the first of
the  month  coinciding  with  or  next  following  his  termination  of  Outside
Director's status with the Board.

         5.04 A participant's Accrued Benefit under the Plan shall be determined
in accordance with the following  schedule based on his Years of Benefit Accrual
Service on the date he terminates his status as an Outside Director:

                   Years of Benefit
                   Accrual Service                   Percent of Compensation
                   ---------------                   -----------------------
                     Less than 1                                 0%
                               1                                10%
                               2                                20%
                               3                                30%
                               4                                40%
                               5                                50%
                               6                                60%
                               7                                70%
                               8                                80%
                               9                                90%
                              10                               100%

         5.05  The normal form of benefit  payment for a  Participant or Former
Participant   shall  be  a  life  annuity  unless  such  Participant  or  Former
Participant  elects,  prior to commencement of participation in the Plan, one of
the optional benefit forms set forth in Section 5.06.

         5.06  Upon the written  election of a Participant or Former Participant
made prior to his  commencement of participation  in the Plan,  the  Actuarial
Equivalent  of the  retirement  benefit  to which  such  Participant  or  Former
Participant  would  otherwise be entitled  under the  provisions of Section 5.05
above shall,  subject to the  approval of the  Committee,  be payable  under any
optional  methods of payment  which are  offered by the Board,  including  a 50%
joint  and   survivor   annuity,   or  a  100%  joint  and   survivor   annuity.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no optional  payment form will be offered which
would  accelerate  benefits  hereunder and no lump sum payment will be made to a
Participant.

         5.07  Upon  termination of participation  by  resignation or discharge
other than by death, disability or retirement, the Participant shall be entitled
to a vested  percentage  of his then Accrued  Benefit,  payable  beginning on or
after his  Early  Retirement  Date,  in  accordance  with the  vesting  schedule
provided in Section VI. The vested  Accrued  Benefit  amount shall be reduced 2%
for each year the Benefit Commencement Date precedes Normal Retirement Date.

         5.08  Upon total and permanent disability  determined upon the basis of
competent  medical  evidence   acceptable  to  a  majority  of  the  Board,  the
Participant shall be entitled to a monthly  disability benefit commencing on the
first of the month  coinciding  with or next following his  disability  equal to
100% of his Compensation as of date of disability divided by 12.

         5.09  Upon the death of the  Participant, the  designated  Beneficiary
shall be  entitled  to a death  benefit,  commencing  on the  first of the month
coinciding with or next following the Participant's death, equal to the value of
the  liabilities  that  have  been  accrued  by the  Board on its  books for the
Participant in accordance  with Section 401 as of the day  immediately  prior to
his death. The Death Benefit will be payable in the form of a lump sum.

         5.10  The Beneficiary  referred to in this Section may be designated or
changed by the Participant  (without the consent of any prior  Beneficiary) on a
form  provided by the  Committee  and  delivered to the  Committee  prior to his
death. If no such Beneficiary  shall have been  designated,  or if no designated
Beneficiary shall survive the Participant,  the benefits shall be payable to the
Participant's estate.

         5.11  (a) Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in this Plan or in
any applicable  law or  regulation,  upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a
Change in Control (as defined in  paragraph  (e) below),  (ii) the date that any
person or entity  submits an offer or proposal to the Company that results in or
leads to a Change in Control  (whether  by such  person or any other  person) or
(iii) the date of the  public  announcement  of a Change in Control or an offer,
proposal or proxy  solicitation  that results in or leads to a Change in Control
(whether by the person or entity making such  announcement  or any other person)
(the  earliest of such dates  being  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Effective
Date"),  the Accrued  Benefit of each  Participant  (other than any  Participant
whose service as an Outside Director was terminated prior to full vesting of his
Accrued Benefit under Article VI) and the benefits  conferred under this Section
shall  automatically  vest and thereafter  may not be adversely  affected in any
matter  without the prior written  consent of the  Participant.  Notwithstanding
anything  to the  contrary  in this  Plan,  upon the  occurrence  of a Change in
Control any  Participant  who is then  serving as an Outside  Director  ("Active
Participants") shall have an irrevocable right to receive, and the Company shall
be irrevocably obligated to pay, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined
pursuant to this Section if the Company or its successor,  in connection with or
following  the  occurrence  of the Change in Control,  (i) seeks and obtains the
Participant's  resignation as an Outside Director,  (ii) removes the Participant
as an Outside Director,  (iii) fails to nominate the Participant for re-election
at the  end of his  term or (iv)  reduces  either  the  annual  fee  paid to the
Participant  for service as an Outside  Director or the fee payable with respect
to each Board or Committee meeting attended that, in either case, were in effect
immediately  prior to the Effective  Date (each such action being referred to as
an  "Effective  Termination").  The lump  sum cash  payment  payable  to  Active
Participants  under this Section (the "Lump Sum  Payment")  shall be paid on the
date of  Effective  Termination  or as soon  thereafter  as is  administratively
feasible.

               (b)  The amount of each Lump Sum Payment shall be determined as
follows:

                            (i) With  respect to any Active  Participant  who is
eligible  as of the date of  Effective  Termination  to receive  benefits  under
Section 5.02 of this Plan,  the Lump Sum Payment  shall equal the Present  Value
(as defined  below) of the stream of payments  to which such  participant  would
have otherwise been entitled to receive  immediately upon Effective  Termination
in accordance with Section 5.02 of this Plan (assuming such benefits are paid in
the form of a  lifetime  annuity),  based upon such  participant's  Compensation
(without giving effect to any salary reductions that gave rise to such Effective
Termination),  Accrued Benefit,  and Years of Benefit Accrual  Service,  in each
case as of the date of Effective Termination.

                            (ii) With respect to any Active  Participant  who is
not eligible as of the date of Effective  Termination to receive  benefits under
Sections 5.02 or 5.03 of this Plan, the Lump Sum Payment shall equal the product
of (A) the Present Value,  calculated as of age 70, of the stream of payments to
which such  participant  would have otherwise been entitled to receive at age 70
in  accordance  with the terms of this Plan  based on the same  assumptions  and
terms set forth in subsection  (b)(i) above,  multiplied times (B) such discount
factor  as is  necessary  to  reduce  the  amount  determined  under  subsection
(b)(ii)(A)  above to its Present Value, it being  understood that in calculating
such discount  factor,  no discount shall be applied to reflect the  possibility
that such participant may die prior to attaining age 70.

                            (iii) With respect to any Active  Participant who is
eligible  as of the date of  Effective  Termination  to receive  benefits  under
Article  5.03 of the Plan,  the Lump Sum Payment  shall equal the greater of (A)
the Present Value of the stream of payments to which such participant would have
otherwise been entitled to receive  immediately  upon  Effective  Termination in
accordance with Section 5.03 of this Plan,  based upon the assumptions and terms
set forth in subsection (b)(i) above, or (B) the Present Value, calculated as of
age 70, of the stream of payments to which such  participant  would otherwise be
entitled to receive at age 70 in  accordance  with this Plan,  determined in the
same  manner  and  subject  to the  same  assumptions  and  terms  set  forth in
subsection (b)(ii) above.

                            (iv) As used in this  Section  with  respect  to any
amount,  the "Present  Value" of such amount shall mean the discounted  value of
such amount that is determined by making customary present value calculations in
accordance with generally accepted actuarial  principles,  provided that (A) the
discount interest rate applied in connection  therewith shall equal the interest
rate quoted by the Bloomberg  Municipal AAA General  Obligation 5-Year Index (as
of the close of business on the first  business day of the  calendar  quarter in
which such present value  calculations  are made) or, in the event such index is
no longer published,  any similar index for comparable  municipal securities and
(B) the mortality  tables applied in connection  therewith  shall be "1983 Group
Annuity  Mortality  Table (50%  male/50%  female)" as  prescribed by the Pension
Benefit  Guaranty   Corporation  or  any  successor  table  prescribed  by  such
organization.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary in this Plan,
upon the sooner of the  occurrence of a Change in Control or the approval by the
Board of  Directors of the Company of any Change in Control,  the Company  shall
promptly consult with each Participant who has already begun to receive periodic
payments  under  this  Plan  ("Retired   Participants')   and,   following  such
consultations,  the Company  shall have the option with  respect to each Retired
Participant  to (i) confirm in writing its  obligation to continue to provide to
such  Retired  Participant  all benefits  hereunder in the same manner  provided
prior to the Change in Control or (ii) make a lump sum cash payment in an amount
equal to the Present Value of the participant's  future stream of payments which
would otherwise be payable under this Plan. If the Company elects to furnish any
retired  Participant  with a lump sum cash  payment,  the Company shall offer to
assist such participant in purchasing at such  participant's cost an annuity for
the benefit of such participant.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary in this Plan,
upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, any Former Participant (other than a
Retired  Participant)  shall  have an  irrevocable  and  unconditional  right to
receive,  and the Company shall be irrevocably and unconditionally  obligated to
pay,  a lump sum  payment in an amount  determined  in the  manner  provided  in
subsection (b)(ii) or (iii), as applicable.

                  (e) For  purposes  hereof,  Change of  Control  shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following  events:  (i) the acquisition by any "person"
(as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act")),  other than the Company or any employee  benefit
plan or  related  trust or  affiliate  of the  Company or its  subsidiaries,  of
beneficial  ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company  representing 30% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then  outstanding  securities
entitled to vote  generally in the election of directors,  but not including any
acquisition  directly  from the  Company;  (ii) the  consummation  of a  merger,
consolidation,  reorganization,  share exchange, or sale or other disposition of
all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company  unless,  immediately
thereafter,  at least 50% of the  outstanding  voting power of the  surviving or
successor  corporation,  or, if  applicable,  the parent  company  thereof  (the
"Surviving Company"),  are owned by the Company's shareholders immediately prior
to such time, at least a majority of the directors of the Surviving Company were
directors  of the  Company at the time such  transaction  was  approved,  and no
person or entity  (excluding  any employee  benefit plan or related trust of the
Company or the Surviving Company and any person or entity that was a shareholder
of the Company  immediately prior to such time) beneficially owns 20% or more of
the outstanding voting power of the Surviving  Company;  (iii) during any period
of two  consecutive  years,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of such  period
constitute  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  cease  for any  reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the  beginning of such period shall have been  approved in
advance by directors  representing at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office who were  directors at the beginning of the period;  or (iv) the approval
by the Company's  shareholders  of a complete  liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.


VI.      Vesting

         Participants shall vest in their Accrued Benefit in accordance with the
following schedule:

            Years of Service                          Vesting Percentage
            ----------------                          -----------------
          Less than five years                                 0%
           Five years or more                                100%


VII.     Administration of the Plan

         The  Committee  shall  have full  power  and  authority  to  interpret,
construe, and administer this agreement and the Committee's  interpretations and
construction  thereof,  and action  hereunder,  including  any  valuation of the
retirement  benefits,  or the  amount or  recipient  of the  payment  to be made
therefrom  shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.  The
Committee  shall not be liable to any person for any action  taken or omitted in
connection  with the  interpretation  and  administration  of this  Plan  unless
attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith.


VIII.    Amendment or Discontinuance

         The Board expects to continue the Plan indefinitely,  but the Board may
amend or discontinue the Plan at any time. Any such amendment or  discontinuance
shall not operate to deprive a Participant  of any Accrued  Benefit earned prior
to the execution date of such amendment or discontinuance.

IX.      No Assignment

         The right of the  Participant or any other person to the payment of any
benefit  under  this  Plan  shall  not be  assigned,  transferred,  pledged,  or
encumbered except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.


X.       Nature of the Plan

         Benefits under the Plan shall  generally be payable by the Company from
its own funds,  and such benefits shall not (i) impose any  obligation  upon the
trust of the other employee benefit  programs of the Company;  (ii) be paid from
said trust;  nor (iii) have any effect  whatsoever upon the amount or payment of
benefits under the other employee benefit programs of the Company.  Participants
have only an unsecured right to receive benefits under the Plan from the Company
as general  creditors  of the  Company.  The Company may deposit  amounts in the
Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. Outside  Directors'  Retirement Trust (the
"Trust")  established  by the Company  for the purpose of funding the  Company's
obligations under the plan. Participants and their beneficiaries,  however, have
no secured  interest or special claim to the assets of the Trust, and the assets
of the Trust shall be subject to the payment of claims of general  creditors  of
the Company upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, as provided in the
Trust.


XI.      Validity

         If  any  provision  of  the  Plan  is  held  by a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  to be invalid or  unenforceable,  the remaining  provisions  shall
continue  in full  force  and  effect.  The  provisions  of the  Plan  shall  be
construed,  administered  and  enforced  according  to the laws of the  State of
Louisiana.


XII.     Use

         Whenever  the  masculine  gender is used herein,  it shall  include the
feminine,  and whenever the singular  form is used, it shall include the plural,
each as may be appropriate in the context used.


XIII.    Headings

         Article  and  paragraph  headings  used herein are for  convenience  of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. has executed
this restated Plan in its corporate  name and its corporate  seal to be hereunto
affixed this 26 day of January, 1996.


ATTEST:                             CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


/s/ Sandra B. Post                  By:    /s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
- --------------------                   --------------------------------
                                           R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
                                           Senior Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer






                                                        

                                                                Exhibit 10.1 (u)

                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                              FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
                                1995 RESTATEMENT

                                       I.
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

1.01 This Restated Deferred  Compensation Plan for Outside Directors is intended
to provide a  mechanism  whereby  non-employee  directors  of Century  Telephone
Enterprises,  Inc.  can elect to defer all or a portion of their fees  earned as
directors or as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

                                       II.
                                   DEFINITIONS

2.01  As  used in this  Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  meanings
indicated, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires:

         (a)  "ACCOUNT"  shall mean the account  established  under this Plan in
accordance with Article IV hereof.

         (b) "ACCOUNT  BALANCE",  as of a given date, shall mean the fair market
value of a Participant's Account, as determined by the Committee.

         (c) "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean not less than a quorum of the whole
Board of Directors of Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

         (d)  "CHANGE  IN  CONTROL"  shall  mean  the  occurrence  of any of the
following:  (i) the acquisition by any "person" (as such term is used in Section
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act")),
other  than  the  Company  of any  employee  benefit  plan or  related  trust or
affiliate  of the  Company or its  subsidiaries,  of  beneficial  ownership  (as
defined  in  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Company  representing  30% or  more  of the
combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities  entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors,  but not including any  acquisition
directly from the Company;  (ii) the  consummation  of a merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  share  exchange,  or  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company unless,  immediately  thereafter,
at least 50% of the  outstanding  voting  power of the  surviving  or  successor
corporation,  or, if  applicable,  the parent  company  thereof (the  "Surviving
Company"),  are owned by the Company's  shareholders  immediately  prior to such
time,  at least a  majority  of the  directors  of the  Surviving  Company  were
directors  of the  Company at the time such  transaction  was  approved,  and no
person or entity  (excluding  any employee  benefit plan or related trust of the
Company or the surviving Company and any person or entity that was a shareholder
of the Company  immediately prior to such time) beneficially owns 20% or more of
the outstanding voting power of the Surviving  Company;  (iii) during any period
of two  consecutive  years,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of such  period
constitute  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  cease  for any  reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the  beginning of such period shall have been  approved in
advance by directors  representing at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office who were  directors at the beginning of the period;  or (iv) the approval
by the Company's  shareholders  of a complete  liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.

         (e)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the persons appointed to administer 
this Plan pursuant to Article XI hereof.

         (f)  "COMPANY" shall mean Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

         (g)  "COMPENSATION"  shall  mean all monies  payable  to a  Participant
designated as director's fees,  whether paid or accrued to the Participant as an
annual retainer or paid or accrued for attendance of the Participant at Board of
Directors  or  committee   meetings.   The   determination  of  a  Participant's
Compensation  for purposes of this Plan shall be made by the  Committee,  in its
sole discretion.

         (h)  "DISABILITY"  shall mean a  condition  which  makes a  Participant
unable to perform each of the material  duties of a director  where he is likely
to remain thus incapacitated continuously and permanently.

         (i)  "EFFECTIVE  DATE"  of this  Plan  shall  mean  May 23,  1995.  The
effective date of this Restatement is November 16, 1995.

         (j)  "PARTICIPANT" shall mean any director of the Company who is not
an employee of the Company.

         (k)  "PLAN"  shall  mean the  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.
Deferred  Compensation  Plan for  Outside Directors.

         (l)  "UNFORESEEABLE  EMERGENCY" shall mean an  unanticipated  emergency
that is caused by an event  beyond the  control of a  Participant  and that will
result in severe financial  hardship to the Participant  unless a payment to the
Participant is made pursuant to Article VI.

                                      III.
                              DEFERRAL ARRANGEMENT

3.01 Each Participant may elect, in the manner hereinafter described, to have an
amount or percentage of his  Compensation to be received by him during each year
from and after the effective  date of this Plan deferred in accordance  with the
terms and  conditions  of this Plan.  A  Participant  desiring to exercise  such
election  shall,  prior to the  beginning of each calendar year (or prior to the
beginning  of the  Participant's  initial  period of service,  if such period of
service is to commence  other than at the beginning of a year,  or  simultaneous
with the adoption of this Plan for the initial  year),  notify the  Company,  in
writing,  on a Director's Deferred  Compensation  Agreement in the form attached
hereto  (hereinafter  referred to as a "Director's  Deferral  Agreement") of the
amount or  percentage  of such  Compensation  for the year that the  Participant
elects  to  defer.   If  a  Participant  has  exercised  an  election  to  defer
Compensation hereunder and does not complete a new Director's Deferral Agreement
for a  subsequent  year,  his  previous  election  shall  remain in effect until
superseded by a new Director's Deferral Agreement.

                                       IV.
                               ACCOUNTS AND CREDIT

4.01 The deferred  Compensation of a Participant will not be paid by the Company
as it is earned by the  Participant.  The Company  shall  create and credit to a
special memorandum  account on its books (hereinafter  referred to as "Account")
the deferred  compensation  referred to in this Plan and the Director's Deferral
Agreement.  The Company shall provide an annual statement of his Account to each
Participant for whom an Account is created.

                                       V.
                              VALUATION OF ACCOUNT

5.01 The Company  shall  adjust each Account to reflect a value which would have
been  earned as if the amount of such  Account  had been  invested  at a rate of
return equal to the  fifty-two  (52) week  Treasury bill rate as of January 1 of
each year.  The Company may, with the consent of all  Participants  with Account
balances,  agree to substitute a different measure for valuation of the Accounts
of Participants,  effective as of the date agreed to between the Company and the
Participants.

                                       VI.
                               PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS

6.01 (a) A Participant's  Account Balance under the Plan shall be  distributable
to him in a  manner  elected  by such  Participant  in his  Director's  Deferral
Agreement, subject to the following:

         (1)  In no event shall payments under this Article commence prior to
the earliest of the following:

              (a)  Death of the Participant;

              (b)  Permanent disability of the Participant;

              (c)  Termination of the Participant's director's status with 
                   Company;

              (d)  Occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency; or

              (e)  A date designated on the Participant's Director's Deferral
                   Agreement.

         (b) In the case of an Unforeseeable Emergency,  payment will be made to
a  Participant  only after the  Committee  has been notified of the facts of the
emergency  in  writing  and  has  judged  the  facts  to  indeed   represent  an
Unforeseeable   Emergency.   A  payment  to  a  Participant  on  account  of  an
Unforeseeable  Emergency  shall be limited to the amount  necessary  to meet the
emergency involved.

         (c) In the event of the death of a Participant  before complete payment
to him of all amounts credited to his Account,  the balance to the credit of the
Participant  shall  be paid  to  such  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  as may be
designated  by  the  Participant  in  writing  prior  to  his  death,  or  if no
beneficiary  is so designated  then to his surviving  spouse,  or if he has none
then to his executor or administrator.  A Participant's  initial  designation of
beneficiary shall be made on a Beneficiary Designation Form in the form attached
hereto.  After the  initial  designation,  the  beneficiary  designation  may be
amended or revoked by the  Participant at any time. Such amendment or revocation
of a  beneficiary  designation  shall be by written  notice to the  Company on a
revised Beneficiary Designation Form.

         (d) Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary in this Plan or in any
Director  Deferral  Agreement  entered into hereunder,  upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control the  Participant  shall have an irrevocable  right to receive,
and the Company shall be irrevocably obligated to distribute,  the Participant's
Account  Balance in full if the Company or its successor,  in connection with or
following  the  occurrence  of the Change in Control,  (i) seeks and obtains the
Participant's  resignation  as a  director  of the  Company  ("Director"),  (ii)
removes the  Participant  as a Director,  (iii) fails to nominate the Prticipant
for  re-election as a Director at the end of his term or (iv) reduces either the
annual fee paid to the  Participant for service as a Director or the fee payable
with respect to each Board or Committee  meeting  attended.  If the  Participant
continues  to serve  after the Change in Control as an outside  director  of the
Company, its successor or any affiliate thereof without any fee reductions,  the
Company or its  successor  shall  promptly  consult with each  Participant  and,
following such consultations, the Company or its successor shall have the option
with respect to each Participant to (i) confirm in writing its obligations under
this Plan or (ii) distribute promptly the Participant's Account Balance in full.

                                      VII.
                             NONALIENATION OF RIGHTS

7.01 No Participant shall have the right to assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose
of his deferred  Compensation,  his Account,  or any other  benefits  under this
Plan; nor shall the  Participant's  interest  therein be subject to garnishment,
attachment, transfer by operation of law, or legal process.

                                      VIII.
                               NATURE OF THE PLAN

8.01 Benefits under the Plan shall  generally be payable by the Company from its
own  funds,  and such  benefits  shall not (i) impose  any  obligation  upon the
trust(s) of the other  employee  benefit  programs of the Company;  (ii) be paid
from such  trust(s);  nor (iii)  have any effect  whatsoever  upon the amount or
payment of benefits  under the other employee  benefit  programs of the Company.
Participants  have only an unsecured  right to receive  benefits  under the Plan
from the Company as general  creditors of the  Company.  The Company may deposit
amounts in a trust  established  by the  Company  for the purpose of funding the
Company's  obligations  under this Plan.  Participants and their  beneficiaries,
however,  have no secured interest or special claim to the assets of such trust,
and the assets of the trust shall be subject to the payment of claims of general
creditors of the Company upon the  insolvency or  bankruptcy of the Company,  as
provided in the trust.

                                       IX.
                                 BINDING EFFECT

9.01 In the event that the Company  shall at any time be merged or  consolidated
with any other corporation or corporations,  or shall sell or otherwise transfer
a  substantial  portion  of its  assets to another  corporation  or entity,  the
provisions of this Deferred  Compensation  Plan shall be binding upon and become
the  obligation of the Company or other entity  surviving or resulting from such
merger or consolidation, or to which such assets shall be sold or transferred.

                                       X.
                              LIMITATION OF RIGHTS

10.01 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to:

         (1)  Limit in any way the right of the Board of Directors to terminate
a Participant's director status with the Company; or

         (2)  Be evidence of any agreement or understanding,  expressed  or
implied,  that the Board of  Directors  will  elect an outside  director  to any
particular  position or compensate an outside director at any particular rate of
remuneration; or

         (3)  Imply that compensation deferral agreements for subsequent  time
periods will be offered to or entered into with the Participant.

                                       XI.
                          ADMINISTRATION OF THE ACCOUNT

11.01  This Plan shall be  administered  by a  Committee  of not less than three
persons  appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company to
serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Committee  shall be deemed
to have all of the  powers  of the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  in the
performance of any of the powers and duties delegated to it under this Plan. The
Committee  shall  from  time  to time  establish  eligibility  requirements  for
participation  in this Plan and rules for the  administration  of this Plan that
are not  inconsistent  with the provisions of this Plan. The Board may from time
to time  appoint  additional  members of the  Committee  or remove  members  and
appoint new members in substitution for those  previously  appointed and to fill
vacancies however caused.

11.02  The decision of the  Committee  relating to any  question  concerning  or
involving the  interpretation  or  administration of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive,  and  nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any  director  any
right  to  participate  in the  Plan,  except  to such  extent,  if any,  as the
Committee  may have  determined  or approved  pursuant to the  provisions of the
Plan.

                                      XII.
                        AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

12.01  Notwithstanding  anything herein contained to the contrary,  the Board of
Directors  of the Company may, in its absolute  discretion  and without  notice,
modify, amend, or terminate in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of
this Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely. In the event of such termination
or  suspension,  the amount  credited to the Account of each  Participant  shall
become payable in the manner indicated in the Director's  Deferral Agreement for
such Participant.

                                      XIII.
                           EXPENSES OF ADMINISTRATION

13.01  All expenses of administration of this Plan shall be borne by the
Company.

                                      XIV.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

14.01  The  masculine  gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to
include the feminine  gender,  and the singular may indicate the plural,  unless
the context clearly indicates the contrary.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Century Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. has executed
this restated Plan in its corporate  name and its corporate  seal to be hereunto
affixed this 26 day of January, 1996.

ATTEST:                                  CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


/s/ Sandra B. Post                       By:  /s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
- ------------------                            -------------------------
                                              R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
                                              Senior Vice President and
                                              Chief Financial Officer



                   DIRECTOR'S DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                   Between CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                       and
                   _____________________________, Participant
                        Dated ___________________, 19____


THE COMPANY and the Participant agree as follows:

         Section I. With respect to any portion of the  Compensation  as defined
in Section 2.01(f) of said Plan which may be payable to said Participant for the
next fiscal year commencing on January 1, 19___,  and ending December 31, 19___,
it is agreed  that  ____% (a  percentage)  or  $_______________  (a flat  dollar
amount) be withheld and treated as a deferred payment pursuant to Article III of
the Plan.  If this  Agreement  is for the first year this Plan is in effect,  it
shall apply to Compensation  payable on or after the effective date of the Plan.
If a Participant who has elected to have Compensation  deferred does not provide
the  Company  with a new  agreement  for a  subsequent  year(s),  the  Agreement
previously  executed by the Participant  shall remain in effect until superseded
by a new agreement.

         Section II.  Payments  under  Article VI of the Plan shall be made upon
retirement,  disability, death, termination of director status, occurrence of an
Unforeseeable    Emergency    of    the    Participant,    or,    if    earlier,
______________________,  19___. Such payment shall be paid to the Participant in
the following manner:

         (a) In ____ successive equal annual installments  commencing as soon as
administratively feasible following such event.

         (b) In a lump sum payable as soon as administratively feasible 
following such event.

         (c) In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, in such amounts and on
such  date(s) as determined  by the Committee.

         AGREED  TO  at     _____________,  ___________________ on
______________________, 19___, by the Company and the Participant.

                                     CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                     By:------------------------------
                                                Participant




                          BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM

                   _____________________________, Participant

                        Dated ___________________, 19____

PURSUANT to Article VI of the Plan, the undersigned Participant:

         Section I. Hereby  directs that his  remaining  Account  Balance at his
death  shall  be  paid  as  hereinafter   provided  to  such  of  the  following
beneficiary(ies):

          Name                  Relationship               Address

- --------------------------    ---------------    -------------------------

- --------------------------    ---------------    -------------------------

- --------------------------    ---------------    -------------------------

as shall survive the undersigned Participant. Unless otherwise stated herein, if
more than one beneficiary is designated  above,  payments shall be made in equal
shares to and  among  such of the  beneficiaries  as are  surviving  at the time
hereinafter set forth for the making of each such payment.

         Section II. If the above designated  beneficiary or  beneficiaries  all
predecease the  Participant  or all die prior to complete  payment of the entire
Account  Balance,  then  the  remaining  balance  shall  be paid as  hereinafter
provided in equal shares to and among such of the following beneficiary(ies):

          Name               Relationship               Address

- ------------------------    ---------------    -------------------------------

- ------------------------    ---------------    -------------------------------

- ------------------------    ---------------    -------------------------------

as shall be surviving at the time hereinafter set forth for the making of
each such payment.

         Section III.  Payment to said  beneficiary(ies)  after the death of the
undersigned  Participant  shall be made as follows  (initial the desired form of
payment):

______ (a) In a lump sum payable as soon as administratively feasible following
the Participant's death.

______ (b) In ____ successive equal annual  installments,  commencing as soon as
administratively feasible following the death of the undersigned.

         Section  IV.  The  undersigned  hereby  reserves  the right to amend or
revoke this Beneficiary Designation Form as provided in Article VI of the Plan.


Dated:________________________, 19____

                                     ___________________________, Participant


                                                                Exhibit 10.2(a)
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       to
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 27, 1996, to the Employment Agreement
dated as of May 24, 1993 (the "Employment Agreement"), between Century Telephone
Enterprises,  Inc.,  a  Louisiana  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and Clarke M.
Williams ("Executive").

                                   WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS,  the Employment Agreement provides Executive with various benefits
if the Company terminates  Executive without cause or if Executive resigns under
certain   specified   circumstances,   including   the  right,   under   certain
circumstances following a Change in Control of the Company (as defined therein),
to receive such  additional  cash  payments as may be  necessary  to  compensate
Executive  for any  federal  excise  taxes  imposed  under  Section  4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Gross-Up Payments");

     WHEREAS,  subsequent to the date of the Employment Agreement other officers
of the Company have been granted contractual rights to receive Gross-Up Payments
pursuant to certain severance agreements (the "Severance Agreements")'

     WHEREAS,  the  Company  believes  that the  contractual  rights to  receive
Gross-Up  Payments  afforded to the Company's other officers under the Severance
Agreements  are more  comprehensive  and better  advance the  objectives of such
provisions than those contractual  rights currently  provided to Executive under
the Employment Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  the Company believes it is necessary and appropriate,  and in the
Company's  best  interests,  to  provide  Executive  with the  right to  receive
Gross-up Payments identical to those held by the Company's other officers;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

     1.  Effective  as of the  date  hereof,  Section  5.05  of  the  Employment
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

          5.05  Change in  Control.  If,  following  a Change in  Control of the
     Company,  the Company  terminates  Executive's  employment,  other than for
     death, disability or Cause, or Executive terminates his employment (whether
     or not for Good  Reason),  the Company  shall,  contemporaneously  with any
     payments due under  Section 5.04 and in addition to any other  amounts due,
     pay in cash to Executive an additional amount (the "Gross-up Payment") such
     that the sum of all such payments will enable Executive to receive on a net
     basis,  after deducting any excise tax imposed on Executive by Section 4999
     of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  in
     connection with his receipt of all such payments and any federal, state and
     local income taxes imposed on Executive in  connection  with his receipt of
     all such payments,  the same dollar amount as Executive  would receive on a
     net basis (after deducting any applicable  federal,  state and local income
     taxes) if no such excise tax were payable  under  Section 4999 of the Code.
     In connection with making the Gross-up Payment, the Company shall cause the
     Auditors  (as  defined  below)  to  furnish  written  calculations  of  (a)
     Executive's  "base  amount"  within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code
     and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (the "Base Amount"),  (b) the
     amount of any "parachute payment" deemed to have been received by Executive
     with respect to the Change in Control of the Company  within the meaning of
     Section 280G of the Code and the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder (the
     "Parachute  Payment")  and (c)  the  aggregate  marginal  income  tax  rate
     applicable to Executive,  after taking into account all applicable federal,
     state and local income taxes (the "Applicable Rate"). Upon receipt of these
     calculations  from the auditors,  the parties  shall,  unless they mutually
     agree in  writing to the  contrary,  determine  the amount of the  Gross-up
     Payment in accordance with the following formula:

                           G = (.2P - .2B) / (.8 - R)

     where G is the  amount  of the  Gross-up  payment,  P is the  amount of the
     Parachute  Payment,  B is the Base Amount and R is the Applicable  Rate. If
     the Auditors fail to timely complete and deliver the calculations  referred
     to above,  the Company may defer making the Gross-up Payment (but not other
     payments  contemplated  hereunder)  until such  calculations  are received,
     provided that no deferral shall be permitted if the Auditor's  untimeliness
     is caused  directly or indirectly by the Company's  failure to cooperate in
     good  faith  with  the  Auditors  and  further  provided  that in no  event
     whatsoever  shall this  payment be deferred by more than 10 business  days.
     For  purposes  hereof,   "Auditors"   shall  mean  the  Company's   regular
     independent  auditors  as of the  earlier  of  (i)  the  day of the  public
     announcement  of a Change in  Control of the  Company  or a  proposal  that
     results  in a Change in  Control  of the  Company or (ii) the date that the
     Board  enters  into   negotiations   with  any  person  or  entity,   which
     negotiations result in a Change in Control of the Company.

     2.  Notwithstanding  any  differences  between Section 1.6 of the Severance
Agreements  and  Section  4.04(c) of the  Employment  Agreement,  any event that
constitutes a "Change in Control" under the Severance Agreements shall be deemed
to also  constitute  a "Change in Control of the Company"  under the  Employment
Agreement.

     3. The Employment Agreement, as amended by Sections 1 and 2 hereof, is, and
shall  continue  to be, in full  force and  effect  and is hereby  ratified  and
confirmed in all respects.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have duly executed this instrument as
of the date and year first above written.

                                   CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                   By:  /s/ Glen F. Post, III
                                       -----------------------
                                        Glen F. Post, III
                                        Vice Chairman, President and
                                        Chief Executive Officer

                                   EXECUTIVE:


                                   /s/ Clarke M. Williams
                                   ----------------------
                                       Clarke M. Williams





                                                       
                                                                 Exhibit 10.2(b)

                FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
                            (for Executive Officers)


     SEVERANCE AGREEMENT,  dated as of _______________,  as amended and restated
as of May 23, 1995, and as further amended and restated as of November 16, 1995,
by and between Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the
"Company"), and _________________ ("Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  as of  ______________  the Company and Executive  entered into an
agreement providing for severance benefits on terms and conditions substantially
similar to those set forth herein (the "Original Agreement");

     WHEREAS,  the  Company and  Executive  amended and  restated  the  Original
Agreement  as of May 23, 1995 to effect  various  modifications  approved by the
Compensation  Committee of the Company's  Board of Directors (the  "Compensation
Committee") on May 22, 1995 and ratified by the full Board on May 23, 1995; and

     WHEREAS,  the Company and  Executive  wish to further  modify the  Original
Agreement (as amended and restated as of May 23, 1995) to  completely  amend and
restate  Section  3.2  thereof,  as approved by the  Compensation  Committee  on
November 16, 1995 and ratified by the full Board as of the same date;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  respective
covenants and agreements of the parties  contained  herein,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby,  the parties agree that the Original Agreement (as amended
and restated as of May 23, 1995) is hereby  amended and restated in its entirety
to read as follows:


                                    SECTION 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified.

     1.1  The "Act" - the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1.2  "Announcement  Date"-  the  earlier  of (i)  the  day  of  the  public
announcement of a Change in Control (as hereinafter  defined) or a proposal that
results  in a Change in  Control  or (ii) the date that the  Board  enters  into
negotiations with any person or entity, which negotiations result in a Change in
Control.

     1.3  "Auditors" - the Company's regular independent auditors as of the 
Announcement Date.

     1.4  "Board" - the Board of Directors of the Company.

     1.5 "Cause" - conviction of a felony,  habitual  intoxication,  abuse of or
addiction  to a  controlled  dangerous  substance,  excessive  absenteeism,  the
willful and continued  failure by Executive to substantially  perform his duties
hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from Executive's incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness)  after  demand for  substantial  performance  is
delivered by the Company that  specifically  identifies  the manner in which the
Company believes  Executive has not  substantially  performed his duties, or the
willful engaging by Executive in misconduct which is materially injurious to the
Company,  monetarily or  otherwise.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  no act or
failure to act on Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless done, or
omitted to be done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that
his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  Executive  shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause
without (i)  reasonable  notice to Executive  setting  forth the reasons for the
Company's  intention to terminate for Cause,  (ii) an opportunity for Executive,
together with his counsel,  to be heard before the Board,  and (iii) delivery to
Executive of notice from the Board  finding  that,  in the good faith opinion of
the Board, Executive has been guilty of conduct set forth above in the preceding
sentence, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

     1.6 "Change in Control" - (i) the  occurrence  of an event with  respect to
the  Company of a nature  that would be  required  to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated  under the Act; (ii) any
"person"  (as such term in used in  Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the Act),  other
than the Company or any "person" who on the date hereof is a director,  officer,
an employee benefit plan or related trust or affiliate of the Company,  becoming
the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3  under the Act),  directly or
indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Company  representing  30% or  more  of the
combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities  entitled to
vote  generally in the  election of  directors;  (iii) the Company,  its capital
stock,  or all or  substantially  all of its assets are  acquired by or combined
with (either through a merger, consolidation,  reorganization, share exchange or
otherwise)  with  another  entity  and less than a majority  of the  outstanding
voting power of the parent or surviving corporation are owned, immediately after
consummation of such transaction, by Century's shareholders immediately prior to
such time; or (iv) during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who
at the beginning of such period  constitute  the Board ceasing for any reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the  beginning of such period shall have been  approved in
advance by directors  representing at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

     1.7  "Code" - Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     1.8  "Company" - Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc. or any successor 
thereto.

     1.9 "Compensation  Amount" - the sum of (i) Executive's annual salary as of
the  Announcement  Date plus (ii) all cash and stock bonuses (valued on the date
of grant)  earned by Executive  for the most recent  twelve-month  period ending
before the effective date of a Change in Control.

     1.10 "Effective  Termination" - following an Announcement  Date, any action
taken by the  Company or any  controlling  entity of the  Company in relation to
Executive's  salary,  duties or position as an executive officer of the Company,
other than an isolated,  insubstantial  and inadvertent  action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the  Company  (or any  controlling  entity of the
Company)  within three days after receipt of notice  thereof given by Executive,
that, in Executive's reasonable judgment, results in any of the following: (a) a
reduction in Executive's  salary as of the  Announcement  Date or a reduction in
the value of the  benefits  received by  Executive  under any pension or welfare
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company as of the Announcement Date; (b)
a  diminution  in  Executive's  duties,  responsibilities  and  position  in the
management of the Company and its subsidiaries  including,  without  limitation,
(i) the  permanent  assignment  to  Executive  of  duties  not  consistent  with
Executive's  position as an executive officer of the Company,  (ii) the demotion
of  Executive  or (iii)  the  failure  to  provide  Executive  with  secretarial
assistance  and all  support,  staff,  office,  equipment  and other  facilities
necessary to carry out his functions as an executive officer of the Company; (c)
the  relocation  of  Executive  to an  office  outside  of the  city in which he
performed  his services for the Company  immediately  prior to the  Announcement
Date;  or (d) the refusal to allow  Executive  to attend to matters or engage in
activities not directly  related to the business of the Company which are of the
type which he  attended to or engaged in prior to the  Announcement  Date or was
permitted to attend to or engage in by the Chief Executive  Officer or the Board
prior to the Announcement Date.


                                    SECTION 2

                                      TERM

     This Agreement  shall  terminate on the earlier of (i) May 24, 2000 or (ii)
the date that  Executive  ceases to be an  employee  of the  Company at any time
prior to an Announcement Date.


                                    SECTION 3

                          COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION

     3.1  Compensation  and  Severance  Benefits.  (a)  If,  during  the  period
beginning  on the  Announcement  Date  and  ending  three  years  following  the
effective date of a Change in Control, the Company (or any controlling entity of
the Company) shall terminate Executive's employment with the Company, other than
for Cause, or if Executive  resigns  because an event  constituting an Effective
Termination has occurred, Executive shall receive, in addition to all amounts to
which he is entitled  pursuant to the Company's  termination  policies and plans
then in effect,  as severance  pay, an amount equal to the  Compensation  Amount
multiplied by the number three.  Such severance  payment shall be made in a lump
sum  within  five  business  days of the date  that  Executive's  employment  is
terminated  or the  date  that  Executive  notifies  the  Company  that an event
constituting an Effective Termination has occurred.

          (b) Contemporaneously with any payments due under paragraph (a) and in
addition to any other amounts due, the Company shall pay in cash to Executive an
additional  amount  (the  "Gross-up  Payment")  such  that  the sum of all  such
payments will enable  Executive to receive on a net basis,  after  deducting any
excise tax imposed on Executive by Section 4999 of the Code in  connection  with
his receipt of all such  payments and any federal,  state and local income taxes
imposed on Executive in connection  with his receipt of all such  payments,  the
same dollar amount as Executive  would  receive on a net basis (after  deducting
any applicable federal, state and local income taxes) if no such excise tax were
payable under  Section 4999 of the Code. In connection  with making the Gross-up
Payment, the Company shall cause the Auditors to furnish written calculations of
(a) Executive's "base amount" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and
the regulations  promulgated  thereunder (the "Base Amount"),  (b) the amount of
any "parachute  payment"  deemed to have been received by Executive with respect
to the Change in Control  within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (the  "Parachute  Payment")  and  (c)  the
aggregate  marginal income tax rate  applicable to Executive,  after taking into
account all applicable  federal,  state and local income taxes (the  "Applicable
Rate"). Upon receipt of these calculations from the Auditors, the parties shall,
unless they mutually  agree in writing to the contrary,  determine the amount of
the Gross-up Payment in accordance with the following formula:

                           G = (.2P - .2B) / (.8 - R)

where G is the amount of the Gross-up Payment,  P is the amount of the Parachute
Payment, B is the Base Amount and R is the Applicable Rate. If the Auditors fail
to timely complete and deliver the  calculations  referred to above, the Company
may defer  making  the  Gross-up  Payment  (but no other  payments  contemplated
hereunder) until such calculations are received, provided that no deferral shall
be permitted if the Auditor's  untimeliness  is caused directly or indirectly by
the  Company's  failure to cooperate in good faith with the Auditors and further
provided that in no event whatsoever shall this payment be deferred by more than
10 business days.

     3.2  Election  of  Benefits.   If  during  the  period   beginning  on  the
Announcement  Date and ending  three years  following  the  effective  date of a
Change of Control,  the Company (or any controlling entity of the Company) shall
terminate Executive's  employment with the Company,  other than for Cause, or if
Executive  resigns because an event  constituting  an Effective  Termination has
occurred,  the Company shall,  at its cost,  continue for three years  following
such  termination date health,  dental and life insurance  benefits to Executive
and his  family  at least  equal to those  generally  applicable  to other  peer
executives of the Company and its affiliated companies (to the same extent as if
Executive had continued to serve in such  capacity),  but in no event shall such
benefits be less favorable than those in effect for Executive  immediately prior
to  the  Announcement  Date;  provided,   however,  that  if  Executive  becomes
reemployed  with  another  employer and becomes  eligible to receive  comparable
benefits under another  employer-provided  plan, the benefits  described  herein
shall be  secondary  to  those  provided  under  such  other  plan  during  such
applicable period of eligibility. In the event that Executive's participation in
any such insurance  plan,  program or  arrangement is barred,  or any such plan,
program or arrangement is  discontinued  or the benefits  thereunder  materially
reduced,   the  Company  shall  arrange  to  provide   Executive  with  benefits
substantially  similar to those which  Executive  would otherwise be entitled to
receive  hereunder.  At the end of the period of coverage  hereinabove  provided
for,  Executive  shall have the option to have  assigned  to him, at no cost and
with no apportionment of prepaid premiums, any assignable insurance owned by the
Company  that  relates  specifically  to  Executive.   All  medical  and  dental
continuation  coverage  provided under this section shall run concurrently  with
COBRA coverage under Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

     3.3 Additional Obligations of the Company. Nothing herein shall relieve the
Company of its  obligations  to Executive  under any qualified or  non-qualified
retirement plan, deferred compensation plan, incentive  compensation plan, stock
purchase plan, stock option plan, stock ownership plan, bonus plan, supplemental
plan,  insurance program or plan, or any other compensation,  benefit or welfare
plan or arrangement, or any agreement entered into thereunder.


                                    SECTION 4

                             SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT

     4.1  Successors  to Executive.  This  Agreement and all rights of Executive
hereunder  shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable  by the  Executive's
personal or legal representative, executors, administrators,  successors, heirs,
distributes,  devises and  legatees.  If Executive  should die while any amounts
would still be payable to him  hereunder,  had he  continued  to live,  all such
amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement to Executive's devise, legatee, or other designee or, if
there be no such designee, to Executive's estate.

     4.2  Successors  to Company.  This  Agreement  and all  obligations  of the
Company  hereunder  shall be binding on the Company and on any  successor to the
Company.  The Company hereby agrees that it will not enter into any agreement to
consolidate,  amalgamate  or merge  with  another  entity  or to  convey  all or
substantially all of its assets to another entity unless such agreement provides
for the rights set forth in this Agreement.

     4.3  Assignment by Executive.  Neither this agreement nor any of its 
benefits may be assigned by Executive.


                                    SECTION 5

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     5.1  Notice.  Any notice  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall be actual
notice  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  actually  received  by
Executive.

     5.2 Waiver. The failure by any party to enforce any of its rights hereunder
shall  not be deemed to be a waiver of such  rights,  unless  such  waiver is an
express  written  waiver.  Waiver of any one breach  shall not be deemed to be a
waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof.

     5.3 Whole Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire  understanding
and  agreement  among the  parties  hereto with  respect to the  subject  matter
hereof,  and there are no agreements or  understandings  among the parties other
than those set forth herein or provided hereby.  Without limiting the generality
of the  foregoing,  Executive  acknowledges  that any and all  prior  employment
agreements  between the Company and Executive  lapsed on or prior to the date of
the Original Agreement, and Executive has no rights thereunder.

     5.4 Choice of Law. The validity of this Agreement,  the construction of its
terms and the determination of the rights and duties of the parties hereto shall
be  governed  by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of the  State of
Louisiana  applicable to contracts  made and to be performed  wholly within such
state.

     5.5  Amendment. The parties may amend this Agreement by an instrument in
writing signed by both parties.

     5.6 Severability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision or
provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

     5.7   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

     5.8 Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive all expenses, including
attorneys' fees, actually and reasonably incurred by Executive in any proceeding
to enforce any of his rights under this Agreement.

     5.9 Confidentiality.  Upon receipt of the payments or benefits contemplated
by Section 3 hereof,  Executive  agrees to refrain  for a period of three  years
from  divulging  any  non-public,   confidential   or  proprietary   information
concerning  the Company or its  subsidiaries  to any person or entity other than
the  Company,  its  subsidiaries  or their  respective  officers,  directors  or
advisors,  provided  that this  obligation  shall lapse prior to the end of such
three-year  period  with  respect  to any  information  that  (i) is or  becomes
generally  available  to the  public  other than as a result of a breach of this
Section,  (ii) is or becomes available to Executive on a non-confidential  basis
from a source other than the Company or its representatives,  provided that such
source is not known by Executive to have violated any confidentiality  agreement
with the Company in  connection  with such  disclosure,  or (iii) is acquired or
developed independently by Executive without violating this Section.

     5.10 Demand for Benefits.  Unless otherwise provided herein, the payment or
payments due hereunder  shall be paid to Executive  without the need for demand,
and to a beneficiary  upon the receipt of the  beneficiary's  address and Social
Security  number.  Nevertheless,   Executive  or  a  person  claiming  to  be  a
beneficiary  who claims  entitlement  to a benefit can file a claim for benefits
hereunder with the Company.  Unless otherwise provided herein, the Company shall
accept or reject the claim  within five  business  days of its  receipt.  If the
claim is  denied,  the  Company  shall  give the  reason for denial in a written
notice that refers to the  provision of this  Agreement  that forms the basis of
the denial.  If any  additional  information or material is necessary to perfect
the claim, the Company will identify these items in writing and explain why such
additional information is necessary.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  instrument as of
the date and year first above written.



                     [SIGNATURE LINES INTENTIONALLY DELETED]




                                                        
                                                                 Exhibit 10.2(c)


                FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
                          (for Non-Executive Officers)


     SEVERANCE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of May 23, 1995, as amended and restated as
of November 16, 1995,  by and between  Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc., a
Louisiana corporation (the "Company"), and ______________ ("Officer").

                                   WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS,  as of May 23,  1995,  the  Company and  Officer  entered  into an
agreement providing for severance benefits on terms and conditions substantially
similar to those set forth herein (the "Original Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Company and Officer wish to modify the Original  Agreement to
completely   amend  and  restate  Section  3.2  thereof,   as  approved  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Director's on November 16, 1995
and ratified by the full Board as of the same date;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective covenants and agreements
of the parties contained herein,  and intending to be legally bound hereby,  the
parties agree that the Original  Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:


                                    SECTION 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified.

     1.1  The "Act" - the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1.2  "Announcement  Date"  - the  earlier  of (i)  the  day  of the  public
announcement of a Change in Control (as hereinafter  defined) or a proposal that
results  in a Change in  Control  or (ii) the date that the  Board  enters  into
negotiations with any person or entity, which negotiations result in a Change in
Control.

     1.3  "Auditors" - the Company's regular independent auditors as of the 
Announcement Date.

     1.4  "Board" - the Board of Directors of the Company.

     1.5 "Cause" - conviction of a felony,  habitual  intoxication,  abuse of or
addiction  to a  controlled  dangerous  substance,  excessive  absenteeism,  the
willful and  continued  failure by Officer to  substantially  perform his duties
hereunder (other than any such failure  resulting from Officer's  incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness)  after  demand for  substantial  performance  is
delivered by the Company that  specifically  identifies  the manner in which the
Company  believes  Officer has not  substantially  performed his duties,  or the
willful engaging by Officer in misconduct  which is materially  injurious to the
Company,  monetarily or  otherwise.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  no act or
failure to act on Officer's part shall be considered  "willful"  unless done, or
omitted to be done, by him not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that
his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  Officer shall not be deemed to have been  terminated  for Cause
without  (i)  reasonable  notice to Officer  setting  forth the  reasons for the
Company's  intention to terminate for Cause,  (ii) an  opportunity  for Officer,
together with his counsel,  to be heard before the Board,  and (iii) delivery to
Officer of notice from the Board  finding that, in the good faith opinion of the
Board,  Officer  has been  guilty of conduct  set forth  above in the  preceding
sentence, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

     1.6 "Change in Control" - (i) the  occurrence  of an event with  respect to
the  Company of a nature  that would be  required  to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated  under the Act; (ii) any
"person"  (as such term in used in  Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the Act),  other
than the Company or any "person" who on the date hereof is a director,  officer,
an employee benefit plan or related trust or affiliate of the Company,  becoming
the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3  under the Act),  directly or
indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Company  representing  30% or  more  of the
combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities  entitled to
vote  generally in the  election of  directors;  (iii) the Company,  its capital
stock,  or all or  substantially  all of its assets are  acquired by or combined
with (either through a merger, consolidation,  reorganization, share exchange or
otherwise)  with  another  entity  and less than a majority  of the  outstanding
voting power of the parent or surviving corporation are owned, immediately after
consummation of such transaction, by Century's shareholders immediately prior to
such time; or (iv) during any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals who
at the beginning of such period  constitute  the Board ceasing for any reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who
was not a director at the  beginning of such period shall have been  approved in
advance by directors  representing at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

     1.7 "Code" - Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     1.8 "Company" - Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc. or any successor
thereto.

     1.9  "Compensation  Amount" - the sum of (i) Officer's  annual salary as of
the  Announcement  Date plus (ii) all cash and stock bonuses (valued on the date
of grant)  earned by Officer  for the most  recent  twelve-month  period  ending
before the effective date of a Change in Control.

     1.10 "Effective  Termination" - following an Announcement  Date, any action
taken by the  Company or any  controlling  entity of the  Company in relation to
Officer's salary, duties or position as an officer of the Company, other than an
isolated,  insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which
is remedied by the Company (or any  controlling  entity of the  Company)  within
three days after receipt of notice thereof given by Officer,  that, in Officer's
reasonable  judgment,  results  in any  of the  following:  (a) a  reduction  in
Officer's salary as of the Announcement  Date or a reduction in the value of the
benefits  received by Officer under any pension or welfare employee benefit plan
maintained  by the Company as of the  Announcement  Date;  (b) a  diminution  in
Officer's duties, responsibilities and position in the management of the Company
and its subsidiaries including, without limitation, (i) the permanent assignment
to Officer of duties not consistent with Officer's position as an officer of the
Company,  (ii) the  demotion of Officer or (iii) the failure to provide  Officer
with secretarial assistance and all support, staff, office,  equipment and other
facilities  necessary  to carry out his  functions as an officer of the Company;
(c) the  relocation  of  Officer  to an office  outside  of the city in which he
performed  his services for the Company  immediately  prior to the  Announcement
Date;  or (d) the  refusal  to allow  Officer  to attend to matters or engage in
activities not directly  related to the business of the Company which are of the
type which he  attended to or engaged in prior to the  Announcement  Date or was
permitted to attend to or engage in by the Chief Executive  Officer or the Board
prior to the Announcement Date.


                                    SECTION 2

                                      TERM

     This Agreement  shall  terminate on the earlier of (i) May 24, 2000 or (ii)
the date that Officer  ceases to be an employee of the Company at any time prior
to an Announcement Date.


                                    SECTION 3

                          COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION

     3.1  Compensation  and  Severance  Benefits.  (a)  If,  during  the  period
beginning on the Announcement  Date and ending 18 months following the effective
date of a Change in  Control,  the  Company  (or any  controlling  entity of the
Company) shall terminate Officer's  employment with the Company,  other than for
Cause,  or if  Officer  resigns  because  an  event  constituting  an  Effective
Termination has occurred,  Officer shall receive,  in addition to all amounts to
which he is entitled  pursuant to the Company's  termination  policies and plans
then in effect,  as severance  pay, an amount equal to 150% of the  Compensation
Amount.  Such severance payment shall be made in a lump sum within five business
days of the date  that  Officer's  employment  is  terminated  or the date  that
Officer notifies the Company that an event constituting an Effective Termination
has occurred.

          (b) Contemporaneously with any payments due under paragraph (a) and in
addition to any other  amounts due, the Company  shall pay in cash to Officer an
additional  amount  (the  "Gross-up  Payment")  such  that  the sum of all  such
payments  will enable  Officer to receive on a net basis,  after  deducting  any
excise tax imposed on Officer by Section 4999 of the Code in connection with his
receipt of all such  payments  and any  federal,  state and local  income  taxes
imposed on Officer in connection with his receipt of all such payments, the same
dollar  amount as Officer  would  receive on a net basis  (after  deducting  any
applicable  federal,  state and local  income  taxes) if no such excise tax were
payable under  Section 4999 of the Code. In connection  with making the Gross-up
Payment, the Company shall cause the Auditors to furnish written calculations of
(a) Officer's  "base amount"  within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and
the regulations  promulgated  thereunder (the "Base Amount"),  (b) the amount of
any "parachute  payment" deemed to have been received by Officer with respect to
the Change in Control  within  the  meaning of Section  280G of the Code and the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (the  "Parachute  Payment")  and  (c)  the
aggregate  marginal  income tax rate  applicable  to Officer,  after taking into
account all applicable  federal,  state and local income taxes (the  "Applicable
Rate"). Upon receipt of these calculations from the Auditors, the parties shall,
unless they mutually  agree in writing to the contrary,  determine the amount of
the Gross-up Payment in accordance with the following formula:

                         G = (.2P - .2B) / (.8 - R)

where G is the amount of the Gross-up Payment,  P is the amount of the Parachute
Payment, B is the Base Amount and R is the Applicable Rate. If the Auditors fail
to timely complete and deliver the  calculations  referred to above, the Company
may defer  making  the  Gross-up  Payment  (but no other  payments  contemplated
hereunder) until such calculations are received, provided that no deferral shall
be permitted if the Auditor's  untimeliness  is caused directly or indirectly by
the  Company's  failure to cooperate in good faith with the Auditors and further
provided that in no event whatsoever shall this payment be deferred by more than
10 business days.

     3.2  Election  of  Benefits.   If  during  the  period   beginning  on  the
Announcement  Date and ending eighteen months  following the effective date of a
Change of Control,  the Company (or any controlling entity of the Company) shall
terminate  Officer's  employment  with the Company,  other than for Cause, or if
Officer  resigns  because an event  constituting  an Effective  Termination  has
occurred, the Company shall, at its cost, continue for eighteen months following
such termination date health,  dental and life insurance benefits to Officer and
his family at least equal to those  generally  applicable to other peer Officers
of the Company and its  affiliated  companies  (to the same extent as if Officer
had continued to serve in such capacity), but in no event shall such benefits be
less  favorable  than  those in  effect  for  Officer  immediately  prior to the
Announcement Date;  provided,  however,  that if Officer becomes reemployed with
another  employer  and becomes  eligible to receive  comparable  benefits  under
another employer-provided plan, the benefits described herein shall be secondary
to those  provided  under such  other  plan  during  such  applicable  period of
eligibility.  In the event that  Officer's  participation  in any such insurance
plan, program or arrangement is barred, or any such plan, program or arrangement
is discontinued or the benefits thereunder materially reduced, the Company shall
arrange to provide  Officer with benefits  substantially  similar to those which
Officer  would  otherwise  be entitled to receive  hereunder.  At the end of the
period of coverage  hereinabove  provided for,  Officer shall have the option to
have assigned to him, at no cost and with no apportionment of prepaid  premiums,
any  assignable  insurance  owned by the Company  that relates  specifically  to
Officer.  All  medical  and dental  continuation  coverage  provided  under this
section shall run concurrently with COBRA coverage under Section 4980B(f) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986.


     3.3 Additional Obligations of the Company. Nothing herein shall relieve the
Company of its  obligations  to Officer  under any  qualified  or  non-qualified
retirement plan, deferred compensation plan, incentive  compensation plan, stock
purchase plan, stock option plan, stock ownership plan, bonus plan, supplemental
plan,  insurance program or plan, or any other compensation,  benefit or welfare
plan or arrangement, or any agreement entered into thereunder.


                                    SECTION 4

                             SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT

     4.1  Successors  to  Officer.  This  Agreement  and all  rights of  Officer
hereunder  shall inure to the  benefit of and be  enforceable  by the  Officer's
personal or legal representative, executors, administrators,  successors, heirs,
distributes, devises and legatees. If Officer should die while any amounts would
still be payable to him  hereunder,  had he continued to live, all such amounts,
unless otherwise provided herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement to Officer's devise,  legatee,  or other designee or, if there be
no such designee, to Officer's estate.

     4.2  Successors  to Company.  This  Agreement  and all  obligations  of the
Company  hereunder  shall be binding on the Company and on any  successor to the
Company.  The Company hereby agrees that it will not enter into any agreement to
consolidate,  amalgamate  or merge  with  another  entity  or to  convey  all or
substantially all of its assets to another entity unless such agreement provides
for the rights set forth in this Agreement.

     4.3  Assignment by Officer. Neither this agreement nor any of its benefits
may be assigned by Officer.


                                    SECTION 5

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     5.1  Notice.  Any notice  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall be actual
notice  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  actually  received  by
Officer.

     5.2 Waiver. The failure by any party to enforce any of its rights hereunder
shall  not be deemed to be a waiver of such  rights,  unless  such  waiver is an
express  written  waiver.  Waiver of any one breach  shall not be deemed to be a
waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision hereof.

     5.3 Whole Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire  understanding
and  agreement  among the  parties  hereto with  respect to the  subject  matter
hereof,  and there are no agreements or  understandings  among the parties other
than those set forth herein or provided hereby.

     5.4 Choice of Law. The validity of this Agreement,  the construction of its
terms and the determination of the rights and duties of the parties hereto shall
be  governed  by and  construed  in  accordance  with the  laws of the  State of
Louisiana  applicable to contracts  made and to be performed  wholly within such
state.

     5.5  Amendment. The parties may amend this Agreement by an instrument in 
writing signed by both parties.

     5.6 Severability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision or
provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

     5.7   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

     5.8 Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse Officer all expenses,  including
attorneys' fees,  actually and reasonably  incurred by Officer in any proceeding
to enforce any of his rights under this Agreement.

     5.9 Confidentiality.  Upon receipt of the payments or benefits contemplated
by Section 3 hereof,  Officer  agrees to refrain  for a period of 18 months from
divulging any non-public, confidential or proprietary information concerning the
Company or its subsidiaries to any person or entity other than the Company,  its
subsidiaries or their respective officers,  directors or advisors, provided that
this  obligation  shall  lapse  prior to the end of such  18-month  period  with
respect to any  information  that (i) is or becomes  generally  available to the
public  other than as a result of a breach of this  Section,  (ii) is or becomes
available  to Officer on a  non-confidential  basis from a source other than the
Company  or its  representatives,  provided  that  such  source  is not known by
Officer to have  violated  any  confidentiality  agreement  with the  Company in
connection with such disclosure, or (iii) is acquired or developed independently
by Officer without violating this Section.

     5.10 Demand for Benefits.  Unless otherwise provided herein, the payment or
payments due hereunder shall be paid to Officer without the need for demand, and
to a  beneficiary  upon the  receipt  of the  beneficiary's  address  and Social
Security number. Nevertheless,  Officer or a person claiming to be a beneficiary
who claims entitlement to a benefit can file a claim for benefits hereunder with
the Company.  Unless  otherwise  provided  herein,  the Company  shall accept or
reject the claim  within  five  business  days of its  receipt.  If the claim is
denied,  the Company  shall give the reason for denial in a written  notice that
refers to the provision of this Agreement that forms the basis of the denial. If
any additional  information  or material is necessary to perfect the claim,  the
Company  will  identify  these items in writing and explain why such  additional
information is necessary.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  instrument as of
the date and year first above written.




                                   [SIGNATURE LINES INTENTIONALLY DELETED]




                                                                      EXHIBIT 11
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                       COMPUTATIONS OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Year ended December 31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1995         1994       1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (Dollars, except per share amounts,
                                                          and shares expressed in thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>         <C>  

Net income                                                $ 114,776     100,238     69,004
Dividends applicable to preferred stock                        (115)        (93)       (24)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income applicable to common stock                       114,661     100,145     68,980
Dividends applicable to preferred stock                         115          93         24
Interest on convertible securities, net of taxes                714       4,595      4,583
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income as adjusted for purposes of
     computing fully diluted earnings per share           $ 115,490     104,833     73,587
==========================================================================================


Weighted average number of shares:
     Outstanding during period                               58,000      53,139     50,512
     Common stock equivalent shares                             509         580        694
     Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares
        not committed to be released                           (373)       (300)         -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Number of shares for computing primary
     earnings per share                                      58,136      53,419     51,206
Incremental common shares attributable to additional
     dilutive effect of convertible securities                  971       4,716      4,686
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Number of shares as adjusted for purposes
     of computing fully diluted earnings per share           59,107      58,135     55,892
==========================================================================================

Earnings per average common share                         $    1.98        1.88       1.37
==========================================================================================

Primary earnings per share                                $    1.97        1.88       1.35
==========================================================================================

Fully diluted earnings per share                          $    1.95        1.80       1.32
==========================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
                       CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
                             AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                               State of
Subsidiary                                                   incorporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brownsville Cellular Telephone Co., Inc. *                      Delaware
Celutel, Inc.                                                   Delaware
Celutel of Biloxi, Inc. *                                       Delaware
Central Indiana Telephone Company, Inc.                         Indiana
Century Area Long Lines (CALL), Inc.                            Wisconsin
Century Business Communications, Inc.                           Louisiana
Century Cellunet, Inc.                                          Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Alexandria, Inc.                            Louisiana
Century Cellunet of LaCrosse, Inc.                              Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Michigan RSA #4, Inc.                       Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Michigan RSAs, Inc.                         Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Mississippi RSA #2, Inc.                    Mississippi
Century Cellunet of Mississippi RSA #6, Inc.                    Mississippi
Century Cellunet of North Arkansas, Inc.                        Louisiana
Century Cellunet of North Louisiana, Inc.                       Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Pine Bluff, Inc.                            Arkansas
Century Cellunet of Saginaw, Inc.                               Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Shreveport, Inc.                            Louisiana
Century Cellunet of South Arkansas, Inc.                        Louisiana
Century Cellunet of Southern Michigan, Inc.                     Delaware
Century Cellunet of Texarkana, Inc.                             Louisiana
Century Investments, Inc.                                       Louisiana
Century Paging, Inc.                                            Louisiana
Century Service Group, Inc.                                     Louisiana
Century Supply Group, Inc.                                      Louisiana
Century Telecommunications, Inc.                                Texas
Century Telelink, Inc.                                          Louisiana
Century Telephone Midwest, Inc.                                 Michigan
Century Telephone of Adamsville, Inc.                           Tennessee
Century Telephone of Arkansas, Inc.                             Arkansas
Century Telephone of Central Louisiana, Inc.                    Louisiana
Century Telephone of Chatham, Inc.                              Louisiana
Century Telephone of Chester, Inc.                              Iowa
Century Telephone of Claiborne, Inc.                            Tennessee
Century Telephone of East Louisiana, Inc.                       Louisiana
Century Telephone of Evangeline, Inc.                           Louisiana
Century Telephone of Idaho, Inc.                                Delaware
Century Telephone of Lake Dallas, Inc.                          Texas
Century Telephone of Larsen-Readfield, Inc.                     Wisconsin
Century Telephone of Michigan, Inc.                             Michigan
Century Telephone of Monroe County, Inc.                        Wisconsin
Century Telephone of Mountain Home, Inc.                        Arkansas
Century Telephone of North Louisiana, Inc.                      Louisiana
Century Telephone of North Mississippi, Inc.                    Mississippi
Century Telephone of Northern Michigan, Inc.                    Michigan
Century Telephone of Northern Wisconsin, Inc.                   Wisconsin
Century Telephone of Northwest Louisiana, Inc.                  Louisiana
Century Telephone of Northwest Wisconsin, Inc.                  Wisconsin
Century Telephone of Ohio, Inc.                                 Ohio
Century Telephone of Ooltewah-Collegedale, Inc.                 Tennessee
Century Telephone of Port Aransas, Inc.                         Texas
Century Telephone of Redfield, Inc.                             Arkansas
Century Telephone of San Marcos, Inc.                           Texas
Century Telephone of South Arkansas, Inc.                       Arkansas
Century Telephone of Southeast Louisiana, Inc.                  Louisiana
Century Telephone of Southwest Louisiana, Inc.                  Louisiana
Century Telephone of Wisconsin, Inc.                            Wisconsin
Forestville Telephone Company, Inc.                             Wisconsin
Interactive Communications, Inc.                                Louisiana
Jackson Cellular Telephone Co., Inc. *                          Delaware
The McAllen Cellular Telephone Co., Inc. *                      Nevada
Metro Access Networks, Inc.                                     Delaware
Odon Telephone Co., Inc.                                        Indiana
Pascagoula Cellular Telephone Company, Inc. *                   Delaware
Remote Access Cellular Telecommunications, Inc.                 Texas
Tele-Max, Inc.                                                  Texas
Universal Telephone, Inc.                                       Wisconsin
Universal Telephone Company of Colorado                         Colorado
Universal Telephone Company of Southwest                        New Mexico

* Conduct business in the name of Century Cellunet

     Certain  of the  Company's  smaller  subsidiaries  have been  intentionally
omitted from this exhibit  pursuant to rules and  regulations  of the Securities
and Exchange Commission.



                                                                      EXHIBIT 23





                          Independent Auditors' Consent
                          ----------------------------- 


The Board of Directors
Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc.:


     We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  Registration  Statements
(No.  33-17114 and No. 33-52915) on Form S-3, the  Registration  Statements (No.
33-5836, No. 33-17113, No. 33-46562, No. 33-48554 and No. 33-60061) on Form S-8,
the Registration Statements (No. 33-31314 and No. 33-46473) on combined Form S-8
and Form S-3, and the Registration  Statements (No. 33-39196,  No. 33-48956, and
No.33-50791) on Form S-4 of Century  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. of our report
dated January 29, 1996,  relating to the consolidated  balance sheets of Century
Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994,
and the related  consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity, and
cash flows and related  financial  statement  schedules for each of the years in
the  three-year  period ended  December 31,  1995,  which report  appears in the
December 31, 1995 annual report on Form 10-K of Century  Telephone  Enterprises,
Inc.



/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

Shreveport, Louisiana
March 15, 1996


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 & THE RELATED AUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME,
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY & CASH FLOWS FOR THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEN ENDED & IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000018926
<NAME> CENTURY TELEPHONE ENTERPRISES, INC.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                           8,540
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   53,711
<ALLOWANCES>                                     2,768
<INVENTORY>                                      6,608
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                95,329
<PP&E>                                       1,499,554
<DEPRECIATION>                                 451,746
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,862,421
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          139,924
<BONDS>                                        622,904
                                0
                                      2,262
<COMMON>                                        59,114
<OTHER-SE>                                     827,048
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,862,421
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               644,840
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  441,921
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              43,615
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                183,068
<INCOME-TAX>                                    68,292
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            114,776
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   114,776
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.97
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.95
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission